CDP Hoshangabad E

2011
Urban Administration and Development Department

Government of Madhya Pradesh
CITY DEVELOPMENT PLAN HOSHANGABAD

DISTRICT HOSHANGABAD, MP
Coordinated by:
City Managers Association Madhya Pradesh
Prepared by:
ICRA Management Consulting Services Limited

Logix Park, First Floor,
Plot No. A4 & A5
Sector 16, Noida - 201301
CITY DEVELOPMENT PLAN HOSHANGABAD

DISTRICT HOSHANGABAD, MP
City Development Plan Hoshangabad
ii
iii
Abbreviations
AAY
Antyodaya Anna Yojna
BOT
Build, Operate and Transfer
BPL
Below Poverty Line
BT
Bitumen Top
CAGR
Cumulative Average Growth Rate
CBO
Community Based Organization
CC
Cement Concrete
CDP
City Development Plan
CIP
City Investment Plan
CPHEEO
Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organization
CSC
Community Sanitary Conveniences
CUR
Capital Utilization Ratio
DCB
Demand Collection Balance
DSCR
Debt-Service Coverage Ratio
EPC
Engineering Procurement and Construction
EWS
Economically Weaker Section
FOP
Financial Operating Plan
FY
Financial Year
GIS
Geographic Information System
GoI
Government of India
GoMP
Government of Madhya Pradesh
HNPP
Hoshangabad Nagar Palika Parishad
IHSDP
Integrated Housing and Slum Development Programme
IMaCS
ICRA Management Consulting Services Limited
INR
Indian Rupee
ISWM
Integrated Solid Waste Management
JNNURM
Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission
LIG
Low Income Group
LPCD
Liters Per Capita Daily
MC
Municipal Council
MIS
Management Information System
ML
Million Liters
MLA
Member of Legislative Assembly
MLD
Million Liters per Day
MP
Member of Parliament
MPHB
Madhya Pradesh Housing Board
MPPCB
Madhya Pradesh Pollution Control Board
MPSEB
Madhya Pradesh State Electricity Board
MSW
Municipal Solid Waste
NGO
Non-Governmental Organization
NUIS
National Urban Information System
O&M
Operation & maintenance
iv
OHT
Over Head Tank
PHED
Public Health Engineering Department
PHFW
Department of Public Health and Family Welfare
PSC
Public Sanitary Conveniences
PWD
Public Works Department
ROB
SADA
Road Over Bridge

Special Area Development Authority
SC/ST
Scheduled Caste/ Scheduled Tribe
SFC
State Finance Commission
SH
State Highway
SJSRY
Swarnjayanti Shahri Rojgaar Yojna
STP
Sewage Treatment Plant
SWDS
Storm Water Drainage System
SWMS
Solid Waste Management System
SWOT
Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Threats
TCPD
Town and Country Planning Department
TFC
Twelfth Finance Commission
TFC
Twelfth Finance Commission
UADD
Urban Administration and Development Department
UDPFI
Urban Development and Plan Formulation and Implementation
UGD
Under Ground Drainage
UIDSSMT
Urban Infrastructure Development Scheme for Small and Medium Towns
ULB
Urban Local Body
ULCRA
Urban Land Ceiling and Regulation Act
Executive Summary
The Urban Administration and Development Department (UADD) of Government of Madhya Pradesh
(GoMP) retained ICRA Management Consulting Services Limited (IMaCS) for assistance in the
.preparation of City Development Plan for Hoshangabad town.
The objectives of the exercise are three-fold: a) to assess existing demand-supply gaps in service
delivery and derive a comprehensive infrastructure improvement plan (including a Capital Investment
Plan) required, b) to identify revenue enhancement and financial improvement measures and c) to
develop a Financial and Operating Plan to implement a sustainable infrastructure improvement plan.
City profile and Growth Potential

Hoshangabad is a city and a municipality in Hoshangabad district in the Indian state of Madhya
Pradesh. It is based in the central India region, located on the south bank of the Narmada River and is
the administrative centre of Hoshangabad District. Hoshangabad is a Holy city with roughly about
0.10 to 0.15 million pilgrims visit during the festive seasons. Such occasions are reported to be
almost once every month. Hoshangabad is district and Tehsil Headquarter and important agriculture
trade centre in the region.
Hoshangabad district lies in the central Narmada Valley and on the northern fringe of the Satpura
o
o
Plateau. Hoshangabad, located at 22 46 N and 77 44 E, is picturesquely placed along the
southern bank of Narmada River, while north of the river stretch to Vindhyayan hills. The town is
surrounded by Khojanpur village in the North, Neemsadia on the South, Raypur on the East and
Deshmehani on the West.
Hoshangabad is about 80 Km from Bhopal and is well connected by both- road and railways. Itarsi,
a major railway junction, that connects major towns across the country, is about 18 kms from
Hoshangabad.
A SWOT analysis of the town is presented below:
Strengths:
Well recognized as Holy City
District Headquarter Market Place
Tourism Potential due to Narmada
Major Water Source
Good connectivity via rail and road to the
state capital Bhopal.
Opportunities:
Rationalization of water charges
Prospective Educational Hub
Can be developed as a tourist circuit
linking with Panchmadi in MP Tourism Map
Potential Transport Hub
Weakness:
Poor drainage system
Poor Solid Waste Management system
Low rate of employment
High rate of slum population

Threats:
Annual Floods
High incidence rates of diseases like
malaria, Cholera, Typhoid
Inadequate Infrastructure
Municipal Services - Status assessment, gaps and actions being taken

The Table shown below presents a summary of service levels and status with respect to selected
indicators in Water Supply, Sanitation, Transportation, Street lights and Solid Waste Management.
vi
Summary of prevailing service levels key indicators, issues and gaps

SNo Name of the Indicator
Water Supply:
1
Daily Per Capita Supply (LPCD)
2
Storage Capacity / Daily Supply (%)
3
Distribution Network / Road Length (%)
Value
Sanitation:
5
Presence of a Safe Disposal Mechanism
for Waste Water
6
Slum Population per Public convenience
(nos.)
Roads and Street Lights:
7
Road length (Km)
8
Road length per Street Light (m)
Solid Waste Management:
9
Waste generation per capita (gms)
Issues and Gaps
83
23.5
68.1
Current supply on a per capita basis is

significantly below municipal norms
Need for significant augmentation of
water supply at source, storage and
distribution.
No
Public convenience network needs

augmentation in view of high floating
population.
380
107
21
413
Poor condition of roads, narrow width,

lack of parking facilities
No proper Solid waste management
system,
Analysis of financial performance

The Table shown below provides a summary of the income and expenditure of Hoshangabad Nagar
Palika.
Income and Expenditure summary
Items
2005-06
2006-07
2007-08
2008-09
2009-10
CAGR
%
Actual in Rs. Lakhs

Revenue Account
Income
Expenditure
319.5
590.5
626.4
684.3
1,043.40
34.4
17.7
424.6
513.2
557.9
614.8
814
-105.1
77.3
68.5
69.5
229.4
Receipts
236.9
216.7
284.6
632.1
1,607.50
61.4
Payments
118.1
294.6
444.4
672
1,796.20
97.5
Surplus/ Deficit
118.8
-78
-159.8
-39.9
-188.7
69.1
69.1
-30.4
-30.4
-14.8
Surplus/ Deficit
Capital Account
Overall Status incl. O.B.
Observations on Municipal Accounts:
1. CUR: Capital Utilisation Ratio of HNPP is 1.12 which is more than 1 which indicates that
HNPP are utilising their revenue surplus in the capital expenditure hence having a high
utilization ratio. HNPP is found to be very less dependent on the Revenue Grants and other
revenue sources as grants accounts for only 6% of their revenue income. Tax revenue
accounts only 10% of the revenue income whereas Non tax revenue accounts 37%, which
indicates need for identification of new tax revenue streams.
2. Property Tax contribution low: Property tax as a revenue source accounts is very limited in
HNPP indicates the need of property tax rationalisation with improved collection efficiency.
3. Salaries as an expense head: Expenditure on salaries is found to be very high in HNPP,

accounting for 58% of the revenue expenditure and 56% of the revenue income.
vii
Vision for Hoshangabad City

A vision statement for the Hoshangabad City has been finalized after consultations with Municipality
officials, councilors and other stakeholders: A Holy City with a high-quality of life in a sustainable
environment, with state-of-the-art infrastructure, service delivery, and connectivity, supported
by an efficient governance framework.
To achieve the above vision, few key development themes identified are:
1. There is an urgent need to step up pace of investments to address the glaring gaps in
Physical Infrastructure Shortage of Piped water supply, Inadequacy in protected sanitation
facilities, congestion on arterial roads and no composting / scientific landfill facility for solid waste
disposal, absence of safe disposal mechanism for waste water have caused severe hardships for
the citizens and need to be addressed on priority to restore the credibility of public service
delivery that has been severely dented. These serious gaps in urban service provisioning is
already constraining growth and severely hampering quality of life in the town Bridinging these
gaps is the starting point for realising the vision of developing Hoshangabad as an economically
vibrant city with adequate service levels in all urban services.
2. Accord high priority to planning and developing Social Infrastructure to cater to the rapid
population growth - The potentially explosive growth in the population would require a
combination of Government / Private investment to address future requirements, particularly in
education and health infrastructure. Public stakeholders in particular cited the need for specific
social asset development such as a) Educational institutions, b) Integrated Sports complex, and
c) Health facilities.
3. Development of Recreational Infrastructure and Hospitality Institutions to tap the tourism potential
of Narmada River
4. Conservation of Water Bodies and Ground Water Table to help in achieving the ultimate goal of
Sustainable Development
5. City should focus on promoting Agro based industries in the outer areas of the town
Sector goals and detailed strategies have been formulated for 1) Physical Infrastructure, 2) Social
Infrastructure, 3) Economic Development, 4) Environment and Tourism, 5) Urban Poor and 6) Urban
Governance and Institutional Development.
List of Project Identified

After finalizing sector strategies, list of actual projects for each of the sector has been identified with
consultations with stakeholders of the city.
The lists of the sector wise identified projects are:
1. Water Supply:
As a proactive measure, Hoshangabad Municipality has already proposed a water supply scheme
under UIDSSMT. Although this proposed project meets most of the demands for the year 2035, but
there are few gaps and to meet those following additional projects has been identified:
a) Source Augmentation: The proposed project withdraws around 24 MLD of water from
Narmada River and it is being assumed that Nagar Palika will continue to extract 10 MLD
from Tube wells. As a result, net capacity at source becomes 34 MLD which is sufficient to
meet the demand calculated by CDP consultant. It is recommended that extraction of water
viii
from tube wells should be discouraged and contribution expected from tube wells should be
brought from other sources.
The additional water requirement can be met by adopting either of the following options:
a. Drawing additional water from Narmada River
b. Sourcing water from the rain water harvesting
b) Water treatment facility: The proposed water treatment facility is planned for 24 MLD of water;
hence treatment infrastructure needs to be installed for the additional 6 MLD of water.
c) Distribution Network: As discussed with Hoshangabad Municipality officials, at present,
Hoshangabad has a distribution network of 90 km which is approximately 68 % of the road
network. The proposed water supply scheme includes the strengthening of distribution
network. In total, to meet the growing demand, Hoshangabad would need an additional
network of 86 km so that total network length is 176 Km to increase the coverage to 85% of
road network by the year 2035.
d) Elevated Storage Capacity: As per the prescribed norm, 33% of net water requirement should
be the Elevated storage capacity which at present is around 24% for the Hoshangabad. The
proposed water supply scheme includes an OHT of 0.4 ML capacity. This would increase the
Storage capacity to 2.75 ML. In addition, Hoshangabad needs to augment the existing
storage capacity of 2.35 ML and proposed capacity addition of 0.4 ML by 3.6 MLD to take the
net storage capacity to 6.35 MLD by the year 2015. In the long term, Hoshangabad would
need to add another 4 MLD to take the storage capacity to 10.3 MLD by 2035.
2.
Sewerage & Sanitation
At present, the Hoshangabad Nagar Palika does not have a sewerage system network in the town.
On the basis of both the demandgap assessment of the sewerage network and the consultation
process with the ULB officials and the stakeholders, the need for developing a sewerage network in
the town is evident. Though DPRs have been prepared by Hoshangabad Municipality for 100%
sewerage coverage of town and sewage treatment under NRCP and UIDSSMT, but analyses done by
WSP-SA, consultants working on City Sanitation Plan for Hoshangabad, shows that a 100%
networked sewerage system in the city is not feasible. Hence, to achieve the desired 100% sewerage
coverage, the city should adopt a mixture of technical options (as articulated in the Draft CSP for
Hoshangabad), including:
1. Fully On-site Sanitation: Septic Tanks or Twin Soak Pits
2. Fully Off-site Sanitation: Settled (Small bore) sewerage
3. Part on-site (Septic Tanks or Twin Soak Pits) / Part off-site (Conventional Sewerage)
4. Simplified sewerage with decentralized wastewater treatment
5. Mixed system
3. Roads & Transportation
Details of projects to be undertaken as the realization of strategies are:
a) Road Construction: To address the current gap of per capita road length, and the future
demand, the Nagar Palika would have to construct 42 km of additional roads, comprising 6.94
km of CC and 35.18 km of BT, by 2015. The Nagar Palika should on a priority basis identify
ix
the stretches and areas where roads at present do not exist and or have poor connectivity.
Also the areas where future residential growth is anticipated or planned, road construction
can be undertaken.
b) Road Up gradation: The Nagar Palika would have to upgrade the internal roads from their
existing type to CC or BT category. The road up-gradation may be taken up on the priority
basis; a total of 35 km of road needs to be upgraded to BT category.
c) Parking Spaces: With the growing number of vehicles and increasing commercial activities in
the town, issue of lack of parking spaces becomes much more relevant. The consultations
with stakeholders have concluded that parking spaces should be developed near the key
commercial area of the town. Multi-storeyed parking lots have been proposed at three
locations:
1) Tar Ahata at Itwara Bazar,
2) Near bus stand at Satrasta and
3) Near City Hospital.
4. Storm water drainage
Details of projects to be undertaken:
a) Cleaning / Desilting of existing drains: As an immediate measure, Nagar Palika should aim at
timely cleaning and maintenance of existing drainage network. Under this project, some of the
major natural drains should be given proper attention.
b) Construction of storm water drains: The Nagar Palika needs to undertake laying of 90 km of
Pucca closed drains by 2015. In addition to the construction of Pucca closed drains, the
Nagar Palika is required to construct 40 km of Pucca open drains and upgrade 24 km of
Pucca open to Pucca closed drains. This construction may be done in tandem to the
construction/up-gradation of roads. These construction activities would have to be carried out
on an immediate basis to address the existing and future demand-supply gap.
c) Up-gradation of existing drains: The Nagar Palika is also required to undertake drain upgradation works for the existing drains in town.
5. Solid waste management
Details of projects to be undertaken as the realization of the strategies:
A. Collection Infrastructure:
a) Door-to-door Collection: The practice currently being followed includes a majority of residents
dumping waste outside their houses or at the collection point. This results in scattering of
waste which results in poor collection. To achieve an effective waste collection, practice of
door-to-door collection should be initiated which needs to be supported by necessary
awareness generation programmes.
b) Primary Collection: Augmentation of primary collection involves capacity addition in the area
of equipment used in the waste collection including community bins. As per the demand
assessment, on a priority need, a total of 12 tricycles and 119 wheel barrow would need to be
added to the existing fleet by year 2015 to meet the respective demand in the year 2015. In
addition around 147 community bins will need to be added to the existing capacity of 152
community bins.
c) Secondary Collection: Secondary collection involves transportation of waste from collection

points to the disposal site. At present, secondary collection is carried out by tractor and autotipper. Some of the container bins used with dumper placer is rendered unutilized due to the
difficulty faced by Municipality in manoeuvring the container bins from the narrow streets of
Hoshangabad. On a priority, secondary collection system should be strengthened to carry out
waste transportation in an effective manner. All the waste transportation vehicles should be
covered to avoid the spilling of waste.
B. Development and augmentation of the landfill site:
The demand-gap assessment reveals the generation of 95 MT of waste in the town by 2035
against the current generation of 50 MT. By 2015, the generation is estimated to be 58 MT. This
analysis has been carried out as per UDPFI guidelines according to which daily per capita waste
generation is 414 gm. The current available disposal site is around 7.47 acres in area. The
collected waste is just dumped at the site. In the absence of proper disposal mechanism, the net
area required for the disposal becomes more than the requirement. According to our analysis, the
existing dumping site will not be sufficient to meet the long term needs. A new Dumping site of
7.5 acres to cater to the demand of 2015 is needed at a priority. The dumping site would have to
be well-equipped to ensure proper waste segregation and composting facilities. In addition, the
dumping site would need to be provided with the basic facilities of compound walls, BT/CC
approach road, electrification, etc.
6. Street Lighting, Fire Fighting and Power
Details of Sub-projects to be undertaken:
a) Addition of Streetlights: The Nagar Palika needs to add 788 street lights to match the demand of
2015. By the year 2035, city would require to add around 1173 street lights to provide 100%
coverage of the city road network.
b) Underground Cabling: To cover all street lights with underground cables, city would require to lay
around 24 kms of cable by year 2025 and additional 35 kms by year 2035.
c) Fire Fighting: To ensure a safety against the fire, municipality should procure 1 foam crash
tender, 1 small fire engine, 1 motor fire engine, 1 rescue tender and 1 portable pump in the short
term and 2 foam crash tender, 2 small fire engine, 1 motor fire engine, 2 rescue tender and 2
portable pump in the long term. In addition to the procurement of above items, municipality should
also undertake the construction of fully equipped fire stations.
d) Power: Municipality should carry out feasibility studies to explore the potential of alternate power
sources in Hoshangabad. If found feasible, relevant projects should be undertaken to achieve
self-sufficiency.
7. Social Infrastructure
A. Health
Details of Projects to be undertaken as the realization of strategies:
a) General Hospital: As per the UDPFI guidelines, the city need bed capacity of 280 by year
2015 and 430 by 2035. Existing General hospital has around 180 beds which need to be
increased to 280 by year 2015. By year 2035, the city would require hospitals providing 430
beds. This can be either achieved by upgrading the existing facilities or developing new ones.
b) Nursing Homes: City requires an addition of 10 beds capacity in 2015, 2025 and 2035.
xi
c) Dispensaries: City would require additional 4 dispensaries to cater to the demand of 2015,
and addition of 3 dispensaries in both 2025 and 2035 each.
B. Education
a) Schools: This section deals with requirements for various kinds of schools.
Primary Schools: The overarching goal in this sector is to achieve 100% literacy rate in the
city. By year 2015, city would require 56 schools in total i.e. an addition of 8 primary schools,
each of which would accommodate average of 500 students. In the long term, i.e. by year
2035, city would need to add additional 35 primary schools to its fleet.
Secondary Schools: By year 2015, city would require 19 schools in total, an addition of 4
schools, each of which would accommodate around 1000 students. In the long term, i.e. by
year 2035, city would need to additional 11 senior secondary schools.
Integrated Schools with Hostel Facilities: The city need 1 such school to accommodate
around 1000 students.
b) College: City at present has sufficient number of this type of institution to deal with the
existing demand. But keeping future prospects of town in mind, a college with state-of-art
facilities is proposed in the town to accommodate around 1000 students.
C. Other Social Infrastructure - Recreational

Considering the stakeholders view and standard guidelines, following projects have been proposed in
the town:
a) Community Rooms: In the short term, 3 new community rooms should be constructed and
this number should be gradually increased to 10 in the long term.
b) Community Hall and Library: 1 community hall and library should be constructed in the city.
c) Recreational Club: A recreational club with facilities ranging from basic indoor games and
other social activities should be constructed in the city
d) Parks: The vacant land in the city should be identified and developed as parks to serve the
dual purpose of increasing the green cover in the city and provide citizens with open spaces
for recreation.
e) Sports Complex: An integrated complex, as suggested during stakeholder consultations,
should be developed with the aim of inculcating a sports culture in the city. The complex
should have provisions for indoor and outdoor sports.
f)
Swimming Pool: A community swimming pool should be developed in the town. This project
can be developed either as a part of sports complex or independently depending on the
feasibility and availability of land.
8. Economic Development
1. Development of Commercial Areas: This can further be divided into development of new
commercial areas and up gradation of existing commercial areas. New commercial areas can
xii
include dedicated markets for important commodities or general markets. In addition to the
development of new markets, existing markets can be upgraded to increase their capacity
and provide better services to the users and customers.
2. Development of Industrial Area for Small & Medium scale industries: With the objective of
diversifying the economic base of Hoshangabad city, an industrial park small & medium scale
industries should be developed. A land should be identified either within the municipal limits
or near to the city boundary and proposal should be sent to the appropriate authorities for the
same. This would thrust to the employment generation activities result into the overall
upliftment of the society
3. Development of Hawkers Zone: Depending on the land availability and market demand,
hawkers zones should be developed in the city. The Hawkers zone would dedicate space to
the hawkers and hence reducing congestion on the city roads, making waste collection easier
and making it easier for customers to shop.
4. Organization of Trade Fairs and Other Exhibitions: With the objective of attracting private
investments, trade fairs and other exhibitions should be organized at regular intervals in the
city. This would serve the multiple purposes of showcasing Hoshangabad potential,
rejuvenating the stagnated hospitality institutions and employment generation.
9. Environment and Tourism
A. Heritage & Tourism

a) River Front Development
a.
Beautification of Ghats
The city has about 5 km stretch of riverfront which has significant potential to be
developed into an attractive landscaped leisure area. The concept of riverfront development
bank could therefore feature on a riverfront heritage walkway, improvement to bathing
Ghats , developing sanitation facilities, public conveniences and relocation of burial facilities,
embankment wall and landscaping. The project could be structured with grant assistance for
developing the leisure walk.
The riverfront in Hoshangabad could be developed with landscaped garden and walkway as it has
substantial amount of relatively undeveloped land alongside the riverbank. The implementation of
this component could be phased out along with land development component.
Demand analysis of this unique project should be undertaken featuring on willingness to pay for
pay-n-use facilities for parking, leisure walk or garden to the extent feasible. Parking
facilities could be provided which would generate some revenue for meeting the operating costs.
Advertising and limited commercial activities could also be considered to the extent feasible for
meeting the operating costs. Implementation road map needs to be prepared which would phase
out the components and costs to the extent sustainable for the Municipality. Innovative revenue
mobilization strategies and packaging shall be reviewed for structuring on a cost recovery
format to meet the recurring/operation and maintenance costs to the extent feasible.
b.
Development of View Points
As a measure to promote tourism, few viewpoints can be developed on the banks of river
Narmada to attract tourists and provide citizens with another spot for recreation. It was revealed
xiii
during the consultations that Kori Ghat and Raj Ghat offer enormous potential for their
development.
c.
Development of Ropeway trolleys
In order to enhance tourism, ropeway trolley has been proposed across river Narmada. The
pilgrims visiting the city during festive seasons will be able to get the scenic view of the river, ghats
and its surrounding areas. This will become an affective source of income generation for Nagar
Palika.
b) Development of Entry Gates
Development of entry gates at four entry points like Bhopal Road, Itarsi Road, Pipariya Road and
Harda Road would give the tourists a taste of rich culture of Hoshangabad. It will also help in
demarcating the Municipal limits.
B. Environment
a) Air Quality: Periodic monitoring and review is essential to check air quality. To create
awareness amongst user groups, the status of air pollution may be revealed through display
systems instituted at major locations in the city. Suitable plantations or green cover should be
provided on major routes to supplement better air quality.
b) Water Pollution: Efforts/schemes should be designed to check the diversion of sewage flow
into city lakes through appropriately located sewage treatment plants. Considering the issues
related to the demand for treating large amounts of sewage generated in Hoshangabad city,
decentralized sewage treatment is recommended.
c) Water Bodies Conservation: For water body conservation and rejuvenation, proper attention
should be given to existing lakes and water bodies in the city. A comprehensive water body
restoration or revival program in the region is of utmost importance. It is important to draw up
plans for the regeneration of the extinct River Narmada and address issues related to its
pollution through city sewage and other wastes.
d) Ground Water Recharge: With the state government constantly stressing on curbing the
depletion of ground water level, Hoshangabad municipality should take proactive measures in
this direction.
e) Green Spaces: A critical issue that needs to be addressed on the priority basis is the
development of green spaces within the city limits to enhance the overall quality of the
environment.
f)
Development of a Regional Plan: To ensure sustainable development with optimum resource

utilization, it may be necessary to develop a regional plan that envisages a balanced
relationship between the main city and surrounding regions. For maintenance of open space,
the planning authority at the regional level should prepare a detailed inventory of the space
and explore its probable multiple uses or forms for recreation and visual pleasure.
Possibilities to include the private sector for maintenance of these areas should be explored.
10. Urban Poor

xiv
Based on our analysis, demand pertaining to various issues related to urban poor was identified.
These demands were found to be in tune with those identified under proposed IHSDP project. IHSDP
envisages rehabilitation of 297 households at 16 sites. Various proposals made under this scheme
are as follows:
a) Housing: Under this scheme, 297 housing units each of 30.2 sqm having two rooms, one
kitchen and one toilet are proposed. Houses will be constructed in Ground + 2 Floor
complexes.
b) Water: It has been proposed that all the households will be served through piped water. To
connect all proposed housing units, 11960 m of water supply pipeline and 4 new tube wells
will be needed.
c) Sanitation: A pour flush latrine integrated with each dwelling unit and 147 m of sewer line
which would be integrated with the proposed city sewerage system.
d) Roads: Cement concrete roads of 5474 m are proposed to be constructed to connect all the
housing units and internal roads with the main road. The proposal suggests a 2. 5, 3 and 6 m
wide Cement Concrete roads.
e) Storm Water Drainage: All roads are to be provided with storm water drains that translate into
8790 m of storm water drainage.
f)
Street Lights: Around 34 electric poles are to be provided at the sites.
g) Social Amenities: A Vendors platform and Gaushala are proposed under the IHSDP scheme.
11. Governance and Institutional Development
Details of Projects:
a) Computerization: Hoshangabad municipality should initiate the process of computerization in
its administration. Computerization will benefit most of its functions ranging from municipal
accounting to tax management. The introduction of E-Governance will help in smoothening
the processes and improvement in the efficiency.
b) Capacity Building: The procurement of computers should be supplemented by providing
training to the staff.
c) GIS Mapping: A GIS mapping of the city properties will be very helpful in the provision of
efficient services to the citizens. This would also help in keeping a tab on tax evaders.
Capital Investment Plan (CIP) and Priority projects

Given below is a summary of the CIP for Hoshangabad. The CIP has been prepared based on
Normative gaps in infrastructure services given existing status and norms for service delivery. Status
and progress on projects are identified as part of the Vision Plan.
Capital Investment Plan summary
S.No
.
A
B
C
Municipal Council of
Hoshangabad
Sectors
Water Supply
Sewerage and Sanitation
Urban Roads, Transport & Traffic
Investment Required
Investment
by 2015
Rs. Lakhs
2,016.86
843.84
2,758.53
Investment
by 2025
Rs. Lakhs
711.54
127.83
1,026.28
Investment
by 2035
Rs. Lakhs
941.23
240.15
1,232.00
Total
Investment
Rs. Lakhs
3,669.63
1,211.82
5,016.81
xv
S.No
.
Hoshangabad
Sectors
D
Storm Water Drains
E
Street Lighting
F
Solid Waste Management
G
Fire Infrastructure
H
Urban Poor/ Slums' Improvement
I
Health Infrastructure
J
Education Infrastructure
K
Socio-Cultural Facilities
L
Economy
M
Heritage & Tourism
N
Urban Environment
O
Urban Governance
Total Investment Identified
Investment Required
Investment
by 2015
Rs. Lakhs
2,162.32
57.02
172.44
81.00
517.52
1,726.67
1,540.00
256.00
195.00
462.50
95.00
45.00
12,929.69
Investment
by 2025
Rs. Lakhs
429.97
83.01
291.84
1,720.00
1,880.47
116.00
480.00
412.50
47.50
15.00
7,341.95
Investment
by 2035
Rs. Lakhs
641.10
123.52
212.75
76.00
920.00
2,473.34
88.00
175.00
100.00
27.50
30.00
7,280.59
Total
Investment
Rs. Lakhs
3,233.39
263.54
677.04
157.00
517.52
4,366.67
5,893.82
460.00
850.00
975.00
170.00
90.00
27,552.23
Technical assistance requirements

A list of project level / sector specific technical assistance requirements are given below:
1. Comprehensive GIS for the town with updated information on all urban assets including
roads, water supply, sanitation etc.
2. Support for digitization of layout records and town planning information
3. DPR for Traffic and Transportation improvement plan for the town.
4. DPR for solid waste management with focus on scientific disposal and mechanised handling
of waste with private sector participation
5. Department of Youth welfare and Sports Feasibility study for setting up an integrated sports
complex in Hoshangabad.
Broad Actions to achieve the City Vision and Sector Goals.

Hoshangabads ability to improve on its financial performance hinges primarily on its ability to sustain
and improve on the revenue growth noticeable in recent years.
1. Conduct a zero-base assessment of skill gaps and manpower needs of ULBs to ascertain the
appropriate manpower plan in terms of skill sets and experience/seniority. This is particularly
relevant given the recent developments, specifically in urban planning and GIS, municipal
accounting and systems, e-governance and modern practices in infrastructure service
delivery including potential for Public-Private Partnerships.
2. Address critical operational areas through focused training and capacity building
interventions, particularly in the areas of a) Engineering and project development, b)
Accounting and Finance and c) Use of CAD/GIS applications in Town Planning and
Engineering functions.
3. Develop / enforce technical standards with specific applicability to development of municipal
projects.
4. Hoshangabad could increase its own income by FY ending 2015 through focused
interventions in the following areas..
xvi
a. Property tax: through revision in ARV, widening assessee base and closer scrutiny.
b. Export tax By providing suitable environment for industries to flourish.
c.
User charges through increased penetration of water connections and new sewerage
connections could potentially triple user charges income from the current levels.
d. NGOs / Corporate participation - Intensify focus on attracting NGOs/advertising revenue

for city beautification projects to reduce reliance on grants for such projects.
Financial Operating Plan and Investment Capacity

Given the existing financial position of Hoshangabad Nagar Palika, the revenue and capital accounts
are projected against the growth scenario and assumptions presented above. The City Investment
Plan (CIP) displayed in the previous chapter shows that the total investment required to develop
Hoshangabad City is Rs. 129.3 crore at constant prices in short term i.e. till 2015 (of the total Rs.
275.70 crore investment identified for funding till 2035. Rs 129.3 crore include about Rs. 32.67 crore
towards Education and Health sector, which are not provided by Nagar Palika. Hence a FOP is
generated from the sustainable investment point of view in line with current growth trends against the
identified investment for Nagar Palika of Rs. 96.63 crore at constant prices till 2015, which
excludes investment required for Health and Education sector.
Base Investment Capacity
Base Investment Capacity is estimated considering business as usual case, where Hoshangabad
Nagar Palika has not taken any grant under UIDSSMT scheme and has not done any reforms to
increase their revenue income. At this scenario HNPP will be able to sustain only 6.40 % of the total
investment identified for year 2015, which is about Rs. 6.18 crore at constant price and Rs. 7.63 crore
at current price.
Impact of Reforms on Investment Capacity of Hoshangabad Nagar Palika
With reforms in Property Tax, Water Charges and Sewerage charges
This case assumes the reforms in property tax, Water and Sewerage have been implemented and
accordingly the investment capacity has increased by Rs. 6.76 crore above the base investment
capacity. These reforms will increase the total sustainable capacity to 13.4%.
Reforms and UIDSSMT grants along without debt Funding
This case assumes that all the reforms suggested above are being implemented and UIDSSMT
grants are also availed. In this scenario Nagar Palikas sustainable capacity will increase to 64.4%,
which is 51% in addition to base case. Now Nagar Palika will be able to sustain investment of about
Rs. 62.23 crore at constant price and Rs. 76.83 crore at current price.
Reforms and UIDSSMT grants along with debt Funding
This case assumes that Nagar Palika can increase their sustainable capacity by taking debt from any
financial institution or private banks in addition to the implementation of reforms suggested above and
grants under with UIDSSMT grants. In this scenario can sustain up to 67.5% of the total investment
identified, which is 3.1% more than without debt funding scenario. Now Nagar Palika will be able to
sustain investment of about Rs. 65.23 crore at constant price and Rs. 80.52 crore at current price.
From the above analysis, it is very clear that ULB alone even with the grant support under UIDSSMT
scheme and reforms will not be able to implement 100% of the projects identified under the City
Investment Plan (CIP). But they can substantially increase their sustainable capacity with these
reforms. So, it is recommended that ULB along the support from UADD, GoMP should try to develop
few projects at PPP model and additional grant support from GoMP.
xvii
It is also recommended that on the same lines of the National Urban Information System (NUIS)
programme for strengthening of information system at Municipal Corporation level, GoMP should also
provide support to all the local bodies in Madhya Pradesh, which are not covered in the mentioned
programme.
xviii
xix
Table of Contents
Executive Summary
1
Introduction...................................................................................................................................... 1
1.1
Background ............................................................................................................................... 1
1.2
Objectives of a City Development Plan .................................................................................... 1
1.3
Approach and Methodology ...................................................................................................... 2
1.3.1
Module I - Inception and Kick off ....................................................................................... 2
1.3.2
Module II Consultations and Analysis ............................................................................ 5
1.3.3
Module III Finalisation .................................................................................................... 7
1.4
2
Physical Features of the Town ...................................................................................................... 10

2.1
Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 10
2.2
Location and Connectivity: ..................................................................................................... 10
2.3
Physiographic and Landform .................................................................................................. 12
2.3.1
Topography and Drainage ............................................................................................... 12
2.3.2
Climate and Rainfall ........................................................................................................ 12
2.3.3
Wind Direction ................................................................................................................. 12
2.3.4
Municipal Area and Planning Area .................................................................................. 13
2.4
3
Stakeholder Workshops and Other Discussions ...................................................................... 8
Conclusion .............................................................................................................................. 14
Demographic Profile of the Town .................................................................................................. 16

3.1
Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 16
3.2
Population Growth Trend and Density.................................................................................... 16
3.3
Other Demographic Indicators ................................................................................................ 17
3.4
Ward-wise details of Population ............................................................................................. 17
3.5
Population Projection .............................................................................................................. 18
3.6
Issues ..................................................................................................................................... 21
3.7
Strategies Demography of Hoshangabad ........................................................................... 21
3.8
Conclusion .............................................................................................................................. 21
Socio Economic Profile of the Town .......................................................................................... 22

4.1
Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 22
4.2
Sex Ratio and Literacy Rate ................................................................................................... 22
4.3
Average Household Size ........................................................................................................ 24
4.4
Work Force Details ................................................................................................................. 24
4.5
Socio-Economic Base............................................................................................................. 25
4.6
Tourism ................................................................................................................................... 25
4.7
Conclusion .............................................................................................................................. 26
xx
Physical Planning and Growth Management ................................................................................ 27

5.1
Spatial Growth Trends ............................................................................................................ 27
5.2
Municipal level mapping (to the scale) ................................................................................... 27
5.3
Ward Delineation Map ............................................................................................................ 27
5.4
Spatial Distribution of Population ............................................................................................ 30
5.5
Future Growth Possibility ........................................................................................................ 30
5.6
Existing Land use analysis ..................................................................................................... 32
5.7
Planning Efforts ...................................................................................................................... 34
5.8
Master Plan Provisions ........................................................................................................... 36
5.9
Housing Scenario and Housing Demand ............................................................................... 36
5.10 Illegal Colonies ....................................................................................................................... 36

5.11 Conclusion .............................................................................................................................. 36
6
City Infrastructure .......................................................................................................................... 37

6.1
6.1.1
Water Supply ................................................................................................................... 38
6.1.2
Sewerage and Sanitation ................................................................................................ 42
6.1.3
Solid Waste Management System (SWMS) ................................................................... 47
6.1.4
Drainage .......................................................................................................................... 53
6.1.5
Traffic and Transportation ............................................................................................... 56
6.1.6
Street Lighting, Fire Fighting and Power ......................................................................... 62
6.2
Social Infrastructure ................................................................................................................ 64
6.2.1
Health Infrastructure ........................................................................................................ 64
6.2.2
Education......................................................................................................................... 67
6.2.3
Other Social Infrastructure Recreational ...................................................................... 68
6.2.4
Social Security Schemes ................................................................................................. 69
6.3
Local Economy ....................................................................................................................... 70
6.4
Environment and Heritage & Tourism .................................................................................... 70
6.4.1
Environment .................................................................................................................... 70
6.4.2
Heritage and Tourism ...................................................................................................... 72
6.5
Urban Poor and their Accessibility to Basic Services ............................................................. 73
6.6
Urban Governance and Institutional Framework .................................................................... 80
6.6.1
Urban Governance - Organizations ................................................................................ 81
6.6.2
Coordination between Municipality and other departments ............................................ 84
6.6.3
Issues, Observations and Recommendations ................................................................. 85
6.7
7
Physical Infrastructure ............................................................................................................ 38
Conclusion .............................................................................................................................. 85
Assessment of Municipal Finance................................................................................................. 86

7.1
Income and Expenditure Summary ........................................................................................ 86
xxi
7.2
Revenue Sources Potential & Exploitation .......................................................................... 87
7.2.1
7.3
Revenue Account ............................................................................................................ 87
Expenditures Analysis & Rationalization ............................................................................. 89
7.3.1
Revenue Expenditure ...................................................................................................... 89
7.3.2
Trends in Capital Expenditure ......................................................................................... 90
7.4
Key Observations and Ratios ................................................................................................. 91
7.5
Strategies to improve financial condition ................................................................................ 91
7.6
Conclusion .............................................................................................................................. 92
City Vision and Sector Goals ........................................................................................................ 93

8.1
Formulation of City Vision ....................................................................................................... 93
8.2
Vision for Hoshangabad City .................................................................................................. 93
8.3
Mission Statements for Hoshangabads tryst with its vision ................................................... 93
8.4
Sector Goals ........................................................................................................................... 94
8.5
Sector Goals and Sector Strategies - Physical Infrastructure ................................................ 95
8.5.1
Water supply and distribution .......................................................................................... 95
8.5.2
Sewerage & Sanitation .................................................................................................... 98
8.5.3
Roads & Transportation ................................................................................................ 100
8.5.4
Storm water drainage .................................................................................................... 102
8.5.5
Solid waste management .............................................................................................. 104
8.5.6
Street Lighting, Fire Fighting and Power ....................................................................... 107
8.6
Sector Goals and Strategies - Social Infrastructure ............................................................. 109
8.6.1
Health ............................................................................................................................ 109
8.6.2
Education....................................................................................................................... 110
8.6.3
Other Social Infrastructure - Recreational ..................................................................... 111
8.6.4
Social Security Schemes ............................................................................................... 113
8.7
Sector Goal and Strategies - Economic Development ......................................................... 113
8.8
Sector Goals and Strategies - Environment and Tourism .................................................... 114
8.8.1
Heritage & Tourism ....................................................................................................... 114
8.8.2
Environment .................................................................................................................. 116
8.9
Sector Goal and Strategies - Urban Poor ............................................................................. 117
8.10 Sector Goal and Strategies - Urban Governance and Institutional Development ................ 120
8.11 Conclusion ............................................................................................................................ 121
9
City Investment Plan ................................................................................................................... 122

9.1
City Investment Plan (CIP) ................................................................................................... 122
9.2
Institutionalising the CIP Process ......................................................................................... 122
9.3
City priorities ......................................................................................................................... 123
9.4
Summary of Investments ...................................................................................................... 126
xxii
9.5
Capital needs/ investments Physical Infrastructure........................................................... 127
9.5.1
Water Supply ................................................................................................................. 127
9.5.2
Sewerage& Sanitation ................................................................................................... 128
9.5.3
Roads, street lighting and traffic management .............................................................. 129
9.5.4
Storm Water Drainage ................................................................................................... 130
9.5.5
Solid Waste Management ............................................................................................. 130
9.6
Capital needs/ investments Social Infrastructure .............................................................. 132
9.6.1
Health Infrastructure ...................................................................................................... 132
9.6.2
Education Infrastructure ................................................................................................ 132
9.6.3
Socio-Cultural Infrastructure .......................................................................................... 133
9.7
Capital needs/ investments Local Economy...................................................................... 134
9.8
Capital needs/ investments Environment and Heritage &Tourism .................................... 135
9.8.1
Urban Environment ....................................................................................................... 135
9.8.2
Heritage and Tourism .................................................................................................... 135
9.9
Slums and Basic Services for Urban Poor ........................................................................... 136
9.10 Capital needs/ investments Urban Governance ................................................................ 137

9.11 Capital needs/ investments Fire Services ......................................................................... 138
9.12 Financing options and structuring ......................................................................................... 138
10
9.12.1
Project structuring and risk assessment .................................................................... 138
9.12.2
Financing options for the identified projects: ............................................................. 140
Financial Operating Plan .......................................................................................................... 146
10.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................... 146

10.2 Financing Strategies for the CIP ........................................................................................... 146
10.3 Finance Projections .............................................................................................................. 147
10.3.1
Municipal Account Growth Projections and Assumptions ...................................... 147
10.3.2
Investment Capacity/ Sustenance ............................................................................. 148
10.4 Fund Requirement ................................................................................................................ 150

10.5 Financial Operating plan ....................................................................................................... 151
10.6 Conclusion ............................................................................................................................ 151
11
Urban Reforms ......................................................................................................................... 152
11.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................... 152

11.2 Mandatory Reforms at the level of the State Government ................................................... 152
th
11.2.1
Implementation of the 74 Constitutional Amendment Act ....................................... 152
11.2.2
Public Disclosure Law ................................................................................................ 153
11.2.3
Rationalization of Stamp Duty ................................................................................... 153
11.2.4
Repeal of Urban Land Ceiling and Regulation Act .................................................... 153
11.2.5
Rent Control ............................................................................................................... 154
xxiii
11.2.6
Community Participation Law .................................................................................... 154
11.2.7
City Planning Functions ............................................................................................. 155
11.3 Mandatory Reforms at the level of the Urban Local Body .................................................... 155
11.3.1
Municipal Accounting ................................................................................................. 155
11.3.2
E-Governance ............................................................................................................ 156
11.3.3
User Charges ............................................................................................................. 156
11.3.4
Basic Services to the Urban Poor .............................................................................. 157
11.3.5
Internal earmarking for basic services for poor ......................................................... 158
11.3.6
Property Tax .............................................................................................................. 158
11.4 Optional Reforms at level of the State Government/Urban Local Body ............................... 159
xxiv
Exhibit
Exhibit 1-1 Approach and Methodology .................................................................................................. 4
Exhibit 1-2developing a City Vision (source: JNNURM Toolkit) ............................................................. 7
Exhibit 2-1 Rainfall Data........................................................................................................................ 12
Exhibit 2-2 Area and population details of Hoshangabad planning area .............................................. 13
Exhibit 3-1 Population Growth Trend of Hoshangabad ........................................................................ 16
Exhibit 3-2 Population Density .............................................................................................................. 16
Exhibit 3-3 Other Demographic Indicators ............................................................................................ 17
Exhibit 3-4 Ward Wise Residential Area & Population ......................................................................... 17
Exhibit 3-5 Population Projections ........................................................................................................ 18
Exhibit 4-1Literacy rate and Sex ratio ................................................................................................... 22
Exhibit 4-2 Average Household Size .................................................................................................... 24
Exhibit 4-3 Workforce Details ................................................................................................................ 24
Exhibit 5-1 Existing Land Use Pattern - Hoshangabad ......................................................................... 32
Exhibit 5-2 Land use Classification according to 2001 & 2006 Master Plan ........................................ 34
Exhibit 6-1 Population Projection for Demand-Supply Gap Analysis ................................................... 37
Exhibit 6-2 Source of Water Supply ...................................................................................................... 38
Exhibit 6-3 Details of OHT in Hoshangabad ......................................................................................... 38
Exhibit 6-4 Water Connections.............................................................................................................. 39
Exhibit 6-5 Water Connections by Size ................................................................................................. 39
Exhibit 6-6 Water Supply - Service Level Indicators ............................................................................. 39
Exhibit6-7 Water Supply: Demand-Supply Gap Analysis ..................................................................... 41
Exhibit 6-8 Household Sanitation Arrangements (2001 and 2008)....................................................... 43
Exhibit 6-9 Location of Existing and Proposed Public Sanitary Conveniences (PSC) ......................... 44
Exhibit 6-10 Sewerage & Sanitation: Demand-Supply Gap Analysis ................................................... 46
Exhibit 6-11 Hoshangabad Municipality - Service Level Indicators ...................................................... 48
Exhibit 6-12 Details of Solid Waste Management System .................................................................... 49
Exhibit 6-13 Details of Vehicles used in Solid Waste Collection........................................................... 49
Exhibit 6-14 SWMS: Demand - Supply Gap Analysis ........................................................................... 51
Exhibit 6-15 Estimation of Waste Generation ....................................................................................... 51
Exhibit 6-16: Drainage: Demand - Supply Gap Analysis ...................................................................... 55
Exhibit 6-17 Details of Road Network ................................................................................................... 57
Exhibit 6-18 Traffic & Transportation: Demand - Supply Gap Analysis ................................................ 61
Exhibit 6-19 Street Lighting ................................................................................................................... 63
Exhibit 6-20 Street Lighting: Demand - Supply Gap Analysis............................................................... 63
Exhibit 6-21 Health Infrastructure ......................................................................................................... 64
Exhibit 6-22 Health: Demand - Supply Gap Analysis ........................................................................... 66
Exhibit 6-23 Educational institutions in Hoshangabad Municipality ...................................................... 67
Exhibit 6-24 Education: Demand - Supply Gap Analysis .................................................................... 67
Exhibit 6-25 Details of Slums and Slum Population .............................................................................. 74
Exhibit 6-26 Urban Governance: Coordination Model .......................................................................... 84
Exhibit 7-1 Financial Status at Glance .................................................................................................. 86
Exhibit 7-2 Source-wise Revenue Income ............................................................................................ 87
Exhibit 7-3 Tax Revenue (in Rs. Lakhs) ............................................................................................... 87
Exhibit 7-4 Non tax revenue (in Rs. Lakhs) .......................................................................................... 88
Exhibit 7-5 Assigned Revenue (in Lakhs) ............................................................................................. 88
Exhibit 7-6 Revenue from Grants/Contributions ................................................................................... 88
xxv
Exhibit 7-7 Application of funds by head of Account ............................................................................. 89

Exhibit 7-8 Details of Capital Account ................................................................................................... 90
Exhibit 7-9 Key Financial Ratios of HNPP ............................................................................................ 91
Exhibit 8-1 Water Supply: Long Term and Short Term Interventions ................................................... 96
Exhibit 8-2: Projects identified by ULB and Consultant for Water sector .............................................. 96
Exhibit 8-3: Water Supply: Project development initiatives to be taken by the Nagar Palika ............... 97
Exhibit 8-4: Sewerage and Sanitation: Long Term and Short Term Interventions ............................... 99
Exhibit 8-5: Projects identified by ULB and Consultant for Sewerage Sector ...................................... 99
Exhibit 8-6: Sewerage & Sanitation: Initiatives to be taken by the Nagar Palika ................................ 100
Exhibit 8-7: Roads and Street Lights: Long Term and Short Term Interventions ............................... 101
Exhibit 8-8: Projects identified by ULB and Consultant for Roads ...................................................... 101
Exhibit 8-9: Roads: Initiatives to be taken by the Nagar Palika .......................................................... 102
Exhibit 8-10: Storm Water Drainage: Long Term and Short Term Interventions ................................ 103
Exhibit 8-11: Projects identified by ULB and Consultant for Storm Water Drainage .......................... 103
Exhibit 8-12: Storm Water Drainage: Initiatives to be taken by the Nagar Palika ............................... 104
Exhibit 8-13: Solid Waste Management: Long Term and Short Term Interventions .......................... 105
Exhibit 8-14: Projects identified by ULB and Consultant for Solid Waste Management ..................... 105
Exhibit 8-15 Solid Waste Management: Initiatives to be taken by the Nagar Palika .......................... 106
Exhibit 8-16 Street Lighting, Fire Fighting and Power: Long Term and Short Term Interventions ..... 108
Exhibit 8-17 Street Lighting, Fire Fighting and Power: Initiatives to be taken by HNP ....................... 109
Exhibit 8-18 Other Social Infrastructures: Long Term and Short Term Interventions ......................... 112
Exhibit 8-19 Other Social Infrastructures: Implementation Agencies ................................................. 112
Exhibit 8-20 Local Economy: Long Term and Short Term Interventions ............................................ 114
Exhibit 8-21 Local Economy: Implementation Agencies ..................................................................... 114
Exhibit 8-22: Urban Poor: Long Term and Short Term Interventions ................................................. 119
Exhibit 9-1 Status of Infrastructure Facilities....................................................................................... 124
Exhibit 9-2 Ranking of Infrastructure Facilities.................................................................................... 124
Exhibit 9-3 Critical Sectoral Issues ..................................................................................................... 124
Exhibit 9-4 State of Social Infrastructure ............................................................................................. 125
Exhibit 9-5 Agency/ Period wise summary of Capital Investments ..................................................... 126
Exhibit 9-6 Summary of Capital Investments ...................................................................................... 126
Exhibit 10-1 Important assumptions made in the projections ............................................................. 147
Exhibit 10-2 Different scenarios to assess investment sustainability ................................................. 149
Exhibit 10-3 Impact of reforms and grants on investment capacity .................................................... 150
Exhibit 10-4 CIP Funding Pattern ....................................................................................................... 150
Exhibit 10-5 Financial Operating Plan ................................................................................................. 151
xxvi
Figures
Figure 1 Location & City Map of Hoshangabad .................................................................................... 11
Figure 2 Hoshangabad Municipality jurisdictional area ........................................................................ 15
Figure 3 Ward Wise Population ............................................................................................................ 20
Figure 4 Ward wise literacy rate ........................................................................................................... 23
Figure 5 Municipal Level Mapping - Base Map ..................................................................................... 28
Figure 6 Ward Delineation Map ............................................................................................................ 29
Figure 7 Ward Wise Population Density ............................................................................................... 31
Figure 8 Existing Land Use Pattern Hoshangabad ............................................................................ 33
Figure 9 Proposed Land use Pattern by 2001 & 2006 Master Plan ..................................................... 35
Figure 10 Water Supply - ...................................................................................................................... 40
Figure 11 Location of SW Landfill Sites ................................................................................................ 50
Figure 12 Existing Drainage Pattern ..................................................................................................... 54
Figure 13 Existing Road Network Pattern ............................................................................................. 58
Figure 14 Transportation Road network , Bus stand and Railway station and Congestion points .... 60
Figure 15 Social infrastructure including Health, Education and other Social Amenities ..................... 65
Figure 16 Slum Wards and Slum Pockets ............................................................................................ 77
Annexure
Annexure A Workshop Proceedings ................................................................................................... 161
Annexure B Questionnaire Survey ...................................................................................................... 172
Annexure C Financial Projections ....................................................................................................... 182
Annexure D Future Development Extension of Municipal Area ...................................................... 186
xxvii
1 Introduction
1.1 Background
Madhya Pradesh is on the path of urbanizing where the Urban Local Bodies (ULBs) are facing the
challenge of meeting the requirements of the growing population with limited technical and financial
resources. There are a number of initiatives taken by the Government of India (GoI) and Government
of Madhya Pradesh (GoMP) to meet the growing demands of infrastructure in the cities and for better
service delivery. These include both GoI schemes [including Urban Infrastructure Development
Scheme for Small and Medium Towns (UIDSSMT) and Integrated Housing and Slum Development
Programme (IHSDP)] and GoMP initiated schemes such as the Madhya Pradesh Urban Services for
the Poor (MPUSP).
With regard to the under performance of the ULBs and their limited capacity for exploring new
avenues to get back on development track, it was felt that a vision exercise with identified projects to
formulate a road map for development is essential. Benefit of such an exercise would not just be for
accessing GoI/GoMP funding but also for providing a strategic framework for converging and coordinating various development inputs towards positioning the city on a development path.
Therefore, the Urban Administration and Development Department (UADD) of Government of Madhya
Pradesh (GoMP) launched an initiative to support 97 ULBs in the state in preparing City Development
Plans (CDPs). This initiative aims to provide a comprehensive Medium Term Strategy (Vision 2035)
and a City Investment Plan (CIP) for each Urban Local Body, based on which the concerned ULB will
be able to develop detailed projects and access funds under schemes of Government of India (GoI)
and GoMP as well as from its own sources for implementation of priority actions and projects,
identified from this exercise. The document was also envisaged to provide a Financial Operating Plan
(FOP) to direct the ULBs for mobilising various financial resources to implement the identified
projects, adhering to the JNNURMs CDP preparation toolkit and keeping in view the Master Plan
(wherever exists) provisions as prepared by Town and Country Planning Department.
In this regard, UADD retained ICRA Management Consulting Services Limited (IMaCS) for assistance
in preparation of City Development Plans for Hoshangabad town.
1.2 Objectives of a City Development Plan

The CDP will be used to scale up existing urban development and poverty alleviation
schemes within a comprehensive and coherent strategic planning framework in order to
ensure optimal benefit from available resources for the citizens of the ULBs.
The CDP is aimed to catalyse new thinking and provoke debate through a consultative
stakeholder driven process. The vision and strategic thrusts of the CDP will be built around
the lessons and findings of a comprehensive and rigorous stakeholder consultation and
documentation process.
It is expected that the CDP will serve the requirements of the UIDSSMT and IHSDP
programmes and other development schemes.
The CDP will generate specific priority actions and projects that can be the basis for
mobilizing funding from diverse sources.
1.3 Approach and Methodology

Exhibit 1-1 summarizes our approach to the study. We carried out the exercise in 3 Modules as
shown in Exhibit 1-1 and detailed below.
1.3.1 Module I - Inception and Kick off
The expected outcome of this module from a process stand point includes the following:
a. To put in place institutional mechanisms including the formation of Steering Group for conduct
of the assignment in a structured consultative manner as envisaged
b. To engage with stakeholders and arrive at a shared understanding of the objectives and
expected outcomes of the study
c.
Apart from this, our team would use this as a preparatory stage to :Review and analyse the current status and unique features of the city with regard to
the state of its development, systems and procedures, as equally its institutional and
financial context.
Identify the strengths and weaknesses in the citys development and to develop an
understanding of what impedes infrastructure provision and service delivery and
management within the existing set-up and what contributes to better service
provision.
Do a rapid assessment through interactions with stakeholders and initial data
collection to capture previous and ongoing development initiatives to factor the same
in the Consultations and Analysis module.
We concur with the broad activities and tasks outlined under the Inception stage by MPUADD
including the following:
a. Introductory meetings with elected representatives, City officials and other Government
agencies.
b. Formation of city level Steering Group for the CDP and a shared understanding of the role
and expectations from this group.
c. Preliminary Data collection including base maps and available secondary data, master plan,
other reports on recent and ongoing development programs, budget documents and other
information.
d. Identification and listing of stakeholders, in consultation with the ULB and the Steering Group,
and putting in place mechanisms for obtaining their views and inputs.
e. Field visits by our team to familiarize and get a grasp of the spatial and demographic patterns,
social and economic drivers and related issues.
f. Identify economic opportunities and bottlenecks and their implications for development.
This module will culminate in conduct of a one-day kick off workshop with stakeholders. The purpose
of the kick-off workshop would be build participative energy and commitment of stakeholders for the
study through articulation of the purpose, process, and expected outcomes of the CDP, and achieving
a shared understanding of the same. The kick off workshop will help in deriving a consensus along
with the stakeholders firming the process and agreeing upon a structured programme to take the CDP
forward. Further the institutional structures including the Steering Group for the consultative process
will also be spelt out during this workshop. Following the workshop, we would submit an Inception
Report and follow it up with a presentation to MPUADD and the ULB. Apart from capturing the
outcomes and points of discussion / action from the workshop the Inception report would also propose
special papers on select sectors identified and agreed during the course of the workshop.
Exhibit 1-1 Approach and Methodology
Module I - Preparation
Inception & Kick-off
Preparation
Module II - Consultations & Analysis
Module III Finalization
Situation Analysis, Vision, Sector

Goals, Strategy & Priority projects
CIP, Financing Strategy

and CDP formulation
City level secondary research
Reconnaisance
Introductory meetings
Steering Group f ormation/role
Baseline Data collection
Stakeholder identif ication /listing
Field Visits
Understanding of Spatial, Social
and Economic development f actors
Sector Analysis
Data checklists
Sector strategy development
Project Costs / Funding sources

Priority Actions and Formulation of
City Investment Plan (CIP)
Actions, Projects, Investment needs
City Profiling
CIP and financing Strategy
Service level gaps
Spatial growth and Economic drivers

inf rastructure - Physical / Social /
Preparation of Draft CDP

Performance monitoring and
sustainability indicators
Environment sustainability analysis

Requirements of Urban Poor
Institutional Capacity needs
City level SWOT
WS I KICK-OFF
Sector Analysis Report & City Profile
Draft CDP
Inception Report (including

proposals on sectoral papers)
WS II City Vision & Goals
WS IV Stakeholder endorsement
and Performance Monitoring Plan
Report on City Vision & Goals

Presentation
ULB
PresentationI ItotoMPUADD
MPUSP // ULB
PresentationIIIIIIto
toMPUADD
MPUSP / ULB
Presentation
/ ULB
WS III Strategy & Priority Projects
FINAL CDP
Report on Strategy & Priority Projects
Presentation
/ ULB
PresentationIIIIto
toMPUADD
MPUSP / ULB
1.3.2 Module II Consultations and Analysis

Module II will form the heart of the exercise in terms of conducting a Situation assessment followed by
a) crystallizing a Vision for the City and sector level goals and strategies and b) evaluation of
strategies and finalizing priority actions at a sector level.
This module will start with the Situation assessment covering Sector level analysis and development
of the City profile, moving on to formulation of a Vision for the City and translating them into
Strategies, Priority Projects and Reform Actions. While there are self-contained sub-modules within
this step, we have clubbed them into Module II, given the highly consultative as well as data collection
/ reconnaissance intensive nature of these steps and the iterative linkages between these steps.
Given the multiple and heterogeneous set of stakeholders involved, we expect to use a range of
instruments to capture diverse inputs for the exercise as indicated below:
a. Workshops As suggested by MPUADD at the inception / culmination of various stages
b. Limited Brainstorming sessions - for discussions with Elected Body, Residential/Trade
associations
c. One-on-one meetings / interviews City officials, Government Departments, Mayor,
MLA/MPs, and other important opinion makers.
d. Limited quantitative surveys to get a pulse of wider perceptions and priorities of the
general public.
In addition, we would have a significant on-the-ground interaction effort through our research and
support staff to compile data and information from the cities. From our experience in handling such
studies, very often it is critical to spend substantial time with ULB staff / do sample based field visits
given the data and information availability related limitations. Such interactions enable us capture
qualitative insights and serve to provide surrogate inputs to validate and overcome the generally
faced limitations of data availability (something that is also pointed in RFP issued by MPUADD). For
instance, we tend to collect budget documents at the beginning at the study and do the analysis of
financials in parallel. A time period wise analysis of revenue and costs along with their drivers enable
us to spot data discrepancies in the initial stages and help us to identify areas where greater time is
required for data collection / scrutiny. Similarly in the area of service levels benchmarking, we tend to
do a physical reconnaissance of municipal assets to validate reports made available to us. For
instance, we typically do visits to select water distribution stations to assess the validity of the broader
service level reports generated.
We concur with the activities and steps identified by MPUADD in the Terms of Reference in moving
from a Situation Assessment to formulate the City Vision and translating that to Sector strategies and
priority projects. Some specifics of our approach along each of these steps are described below:
Sector Analysis
We would choose the specific sectors for preparing detailed sectoral papers, based on the criticality of
the sector (as viewed by the stakeholders) and the baseline status of the prevailing service levels in
that city. While the exact list of sectors would be finalised following consultations, an indicative list of
sectors that tend to come out as critical areas include the following:
a) Water Supply
b) Sanitation and Sewerage
c) Solid Waste Management
d) Urban Housing
e) Public Transportation
f) Social amenities and infrastructure including Schools, Hospitals, Markets
We expect the sector level analysis to cover the following steps.
a. Review the baseline status of the sector in terms of operational service level and financial
indicators vis-a-vis benchmarks/norms and desired levels of service to arrive at the normative
gaps.
b. Identify the possible alternatives for improving service levels, policy
changes/implications and the magnitude of investment required to improve service levels
in a time-bound manner.
c.
Develop a sector strategy, targets for service level improvement and a list of potential
priority projects to be undertaken along with expected levels of improvement in service
levels through implementation of these projects. An illustrative
These steps would be undertaken in consultation with local counterparts and will be supported by
special papers commissioned by the TA team. While carrying out the sector level analysis, aspects
relating to the need for provisioning for urban poor, broad review of cost-benefits including social and
environmental impacts would be factored.
City Profile
In profiling the City and crystallizing its SWOT (Strength, Weakness, Opportunity, and Threat), we
would look at slightly wider issues beyond sectoral dimensions to cover the following:
Spatial growth patterns and drivers
Economic growth drivers - intrinsic and potential
Infrastructure - Physical and Social
Issues relating to Environment sustainability
Extent of Urban Poor and their requirements
Institutional Capacity gaps and requirements.
As can be observed, the idea is to get an over-arching and a holistic idea of the citys future growth
directions (both economic and spatial) to understand the implications for physical infrastructure and
administrative capacity building needed to support this growth.
The city profiles would also then draw from the Sector analysis and provide an assessment of the
existing situation in all the sectors identified, emerging issues, analysis and projection of the present
gaps and future requirements. This will be done within the framework of parameters relating to
demography, economic base, finance, physical and environmental issues, infrastructure, institutions
and universalization of services especially for the poor.
City Vision
Exhibit 1-2 presents an extract from the JNNURM Toolkit on the aspects to be considered in
developing a Citys Vision which we believe summarizes the key contours of a City level Vision
formulation quite succinctly.
The City Profile will be presented to the stakeholders and Steering Group followed with a discussion
on city perspective and city priorities as perceived by the stakeholders. With the background of city
profile, perspective and priorities, the participants will contribute to developing a collective and shared
vision for the city. Discussion will be initiated on strategies, priorities and major actions that may be
required in the next fifteen years to move towards the vision.
Exhibit 1-2 Developing a City Vision (source: JNNURM Toolkit)
Developing a vision for the city is central to the preparation of a CDP. A vision is a statement of where the city
wishes to go, within a given timeframe, and is often expressed in terms of clear expectations. It defines the
potential of the city and reflects its unique attributes in terms of comparative and competitive advantages, values
and preferences of the citys residents, relationship of the city to the state, national and global economies, and of
course, the history and physical characteristics of the city. A vision aligns stakeholders energies to work
cohesively for the development of the city. Cities need to systematically consider the future, and design strategies
to accordingly shape the future. All objectives, strategies, programmes and projects must be aligned with the
vision of the city.
Developing a common vision requires a significant effort of consensus building in order to balance the competing
demands arising from different economic infrastructure sectors, as also from different interest groups within the
city. In order to achieve an understanding on a common vision, it is useful to choose milestones and targets
such as provision of a minimum level of services to all; public disclosure and transparency in the formulation of
budget proposals; introduction of a single window in matters of service delivery and management and the like. In
developing the vision, cities must choose a set of criteria that are directly relevant to the JNNURM components. It
is important that when cities define outcomes and milestones on the vision, they ensure that these are
measurable and have a time frame.
Sector Strategy and Goals

The formulation of key themes underlying the City Vision is thus a critical part of the exercise. At the
same time, it is important to translate this broader vision into specific sector level strategies and goals.
In formulating sector level strategies and actionable goals, it is critical to ensure a link between these
strategies and the desired service level outcomes and consistency with the overall goal. More
importantly sectoral strategies need to be inclusive.
While the Vision tends to capture a broader perspective of the citizen/stakeholder view on where the
city needs to go, strategies articulate what needs to be done.
For instance, an overall vision to provide universal coverage of water supply to all its citizens may
require strategies to a) Augment water availability, b) Reduce Distribution Losses and c) Differentiated
Tariff with subsidized lifeline supply for cost recovery.
Sector wise service level targets and reform actions
We would translate broader sector level goals into tangible service delivery targets and reform
actions. This will further enable identification of priority projects that need to be implemented to
achieve these service level targets.
1.3.3 Module III Finalisation

This module would cover translating the consultative and analytical inputs to develop an actionable
City Investment Plan backed by an effective financing strategy leading to formulation of the City
Development Plan and its finalisation through a consultative discussion on the same with the
stakeholders.
Preparing the City Investment Plan (CIP) and a financing strategy
The CIP and financing strategy are inseparable. An Investment Plan would be credible and actionable
only if it is backed by an analysis of financing capacity and a strategy to overcome the limitations of
the financials of the ULB. Typically we have observed that ULBs tend to have limited investment
capacity to undertake all capital investment programs. Apart from evaluating the potential financing
from schemes like JNNURM and other capital grant schemes of GoMP, it is critical to evaluate as part
of the strategic options, the ULBs potential to a) Improve its Revenue surplus through revenue
enhancement related reforms and rationalization of costs and b) leverage and access to external
capital through borrowings and Public Private Partnerships.
Our approach typically involves the following steps:
a. Estimation of unconstrained sector wise Investment requirements given normative gaps in
service levels (5 year, 10 year and 15 year horizons), sector wise service level improvement
targets and identified priority projects for the first five years
b. Preparation of Financial and Operating Plan and Estimation of borrowing capacity with
operating revenue surplus improvements and revenue reforms
c.
Developing a realistic and actionable Investment Plan and a Financial and Operating Plan
within borrowing capacity limitations with a 5-year action plan and 15-20 year financial
projections.
Needless to mention the 5 year action plan would involve an iterative process and would factor inputs
from consultations with stakeholders on priority projects to be taken up in consonance with the City
Vision, Sector wise strategy and service level targets.
Submission of City Development Plan, Consultations and Finalization
Following the finalization of the CIP, we would integrate the deliverables presented in Module I and II
along with the CIP and financing strategy to prepare and submit the City Development Plan.
We would then have a workshop with stakeholders to summaries the process and the building blocks
around which the CDP has been evolved and seek an endorsement from them. We would also work
with the stakeholders to develop procedures for performance monitoring and implementation of the
actions recommended in the CDP.
This would be followed by a presentation to MPUADD and the ULB. Based on the inputs we would
submit the final CDP to MPUADD and the ULB along with a summary of the CDP for publication and
wider dissemination by the MC.
1.4 Stakeholder Workshops and Other Discussions

The CDP process involved several stakeholder consultations during the course of the project to make
the process inclusive and CDP comprehensive. Apart from individual consultations, three stakeholder
workshops were conducted at different stages of the study with the objectives of apprising
stakeholders with the status of the study and obtaining feedbacks on CDP process and intermediate
findings. The feedbacks from stakeholders were carefully evaluated and incorporated in the process.
The objectives and outcomes of various stakeholder workshops are:
1.
Kick-off Workshop - Inception Workshop:

A workshop was organized to familiarize the stakeholders with the purpose, process, and
expected outcomes of the CDP, and build enthusiasm, understanding and commitment to the
CDP. The kick off workshop helped in deriving a consensus along with the stakeholders firming
the process and agreeing upon a structured programme to take the CDP forward.
2.
Second Workshop - City Vision and Sector Goals Workshop:
In this workshop, city profile was presented to the stakeholders followed by a discussion on city
perspectives and city priorities as perceived by the stakeholders. With the background of city
profile, perspective and priorities, a collective and shared vision was developed for the city. In
addition to the formulation of the vision and sector goals, the preliminary discussions were
carried out on strategies, priorities and major actions that would be required in the next five years
to move towards the vision 2035.
3.
Third Workshop - Strategies and Prioritization Workshop

In this workshop, strategies based on their contribution towards achieving the city vision and
sector goals have been finalized. The prioritization of identified projects and immediate actions
required to achieve the sector goals has been finalized. This workshop culminated in the
consolidation of strategies, priority actions and projects.
4.
Fourth Workshop Draft CDP Workshop

In this workshop, findings and recommendations to achieve the vision has been presented to the
city. Detailed list of proposed projects with broad cost estimates have been shared along with the
sustenance capacity of ULB. This workshop also discussed about the reform process to make
ULB more efficient. This workshop culminated in the consolidation of draft CDP, comments to
improve have been given by stakeholders.
The detailed proceedings of various stakeholder workshops are provided in Annexure A.

The second workshop also included a questionnaire survey to elicit stakeholders responses on key
issues faced by city and extent of their severity. The details pertaining to questionnaire survey, viz.
objective, methodology, questionnaire, analysis and findings, are provided in Annexure B.
Physical Features of the Town
2.1 Introduction
Hoshangabad is a municipality in Hoshangabad district in the Indian state of Madhya Pradesh. It is
located on the south bank of the Narmada River and is the administrative center of Hoshangabad
District.
The city was earlier called Narmadapur after the river Narmada however later the name was changed
to Hoshangabad by taking its founder name SULTAN HUSHANG SHAH GHORI, the second king of
th
Mandu (Malwa) in early 15 Century. Hoshangabad is a city of religious importance with Narmada
being a Holy River; thousands of pilgrims visit the Ghats of Narmada to perform the ritual of taking
bath in it. There are several
bathing
Ghats
along
the
riverbank wherein roughly 0.10
to 0.15 million pilgrims visit
during the festive occasions.
Such occasions are reported to
be almost once every month.
Hoshangabad is district and
Tehsil
Headquarter
and
important
agriculture
trade
center
in
the
region.
Hoshangabad is also in between
two important locations of tourist
attraction Panchmarhi and
Bhimbetika.
2.2 Location and Connectivity:

Figure 1 portrays the location of Hoshangabad in the context of India and Madhya Pradesh.
o
o
Plateau. Hoshangabad, located at 22 46 N and 77 44 E, is picturesquely placed along the
southern bank of Narmada River, while north of the river stretch the Vindhyan hills. The town is
surrounded by Khojanpur village in the North, Neemsadia on the South, Raypur on the East and
Deshmehani on the West.
Hoshangabad is well connected from Bhopal, the state capital, by both- road and railway. The town is
about 80 Km south of Bhopal. Itarsi, a major railway junction, that connects major towns across the
country, is about 18 km away from Hoshangabad. State Highway 15 cut across the city are also major
arterial roads serving to the city. City is also linked with broad gauze railway line from New Delhi to
Chennai & Mumbai.
10
Figure 1 Location & City Map of Hoshangabad
11
2.3 Physiographic and Landform

2.3.1 Topography and Drainage
Plateau. The topography of Hoshangabad town and the surroundings is such that the natural
drainage system generally slopes towards north-west. There are four major natural drains Kori
Ghat Nallah, Lendia Nallah, Sukh Tawa Nallah and Khojanpur Nallah. All drains carry the wastewater
for ultimate disposal into River Narmada.
2.3.2 Climate and Rainfall

The climate of Hoshangabad is moderate with the city experiencing all the seasons. Its average
height from the sea level is 331 mts. and average rain fall is 134 cms. The average maximum and
o
o
minimum temperatures are 32 C and 19 C respectively. Overall, the climate of the district is neither
hotter nor cooler except the winter season of the Pachmarhi which gets really cold.
The climate of Hoshangabad can be divided into three distinct seasons, viz.
Monsoon lasting from mid-June to September.
Winter from November to February; and
Summer from March to mid-June.
The month of October witnesses the transition from monsoon to winter. The city experiences extreme
climates with temperatures ranging from an average low of around 10 degree Celsius to an average
high of about 40 degree Celsius. Temperature during the peak summer month of May can soar to 45
degrees Celsius.
The rains usually break in the month of June, with the maximum number of rainy days experienced
during the months of July and August. Exhibit 2-1 provides the details of rainfall received by
Hoshangabad in last 5 years. Average rainfall received by Hoshangabad from 2005-06 to 2008-09 is
around 1330 mm. As it is evident from Exhibit 2-1, Hoshangabad has already received a rainfall more
than the average of last 4 years.
Exhibit 2-1 Rainfall Data
Year
Rainfall (in mm)
2009 (till November)

2008-09
2007-08
2006-07
2005-06
Average (2005-06 to 2008-09)
1451
1065
832
1829
1594
1330
2.3.3 Wind Direction

Winds are controlled by the shifting of pressure belts. They are predominantly from south-west during
monsoon months. In the post-monsoon and winter, southern and south-easterly winds prevail in the
morning while in the afternoon winds blow from directions between east and north. In the summer
months, winds blow from directions between south-east and north-west through south and west.
Except during monsoon seasons, wind speed is generally light to moderate. In the monsoon months
winds are stronger and, on a few occasions, wind flows at 40 to 50 km per hour.
12
2.3.4 Municipal Area and Planning Area

Hoshangabad is a Class-II town of Madhya Pradesh. Hoshangabad Municipality spreads over an
extent about 24.27 Sq.Km and is divided into 33 wards. The population of the town was 97,424 as
per census 2001.
Hoshangabad Nagarapalika Parishad has constituted in the year 1867 comprising of the nine revenue
villages Khojanpur, Rasuliya, Jalalabad, Malakhedi, Kishanpura, Dongri, Budhwada, Kulamadi and
Phefarta as shown below in Figure 2. Kishanpura is the only village which is totally inside the
municipal area; whereas the other villages have some part inside the municipal limits.
The area and population details of the planning area from the master plan, which consists of villages
apart from the town area, are given below in Exhibit 2-2. It can be seen that the maximum population
of the region resides in the town area, whereas those residing in the city work in the nearby villages,
many of them are working as agricultural labourers. Leaving out the administrative workers, most of
the population is working in the agricultural sector, trade and commerce related to it.
Exhibit 2-2 Area and population details of Hoshangabad planning area
Sl No.
Name
Dongarwada
833.19
1225
Khojanpur
857.99
363
Byawara
697.87
1790
Pawaar Kheda
299.41
420
Budhwada
371.64
715
Agra Kala
273.65
361
Khedla
439.09
589
Tugaariya
123.97
212
Patlai Khurd
222.93
316
10
Kulmadi
577.12
573
11
Pathaudi
178.17
473
12
Plaasi
136.89
297
13
Undrakhedi
225.52
183
14
Deshmohani
228.38
289
15
Chandrapura
293.56
454
16
Jalalabad
173.92
17
Dogri
173.54
18
Malakhedi
562.09
23
19
Phefartaal
564.94
20
Rasuliya
295.10
21
Kishanpura
209.38
22
Raipur
2272.06
4801
23
Jaasalpur
984.4
2154
24
Nimsaadiya
1782.36
4279
12777.18
19517
1233.46
70914
14010.64
90431
Total
Hoshangabad Town
Grand Total
Area (Hectare)
Population (1991 census)
13
As it can be seen the total planning area is of 14010.64 hectares, whereas the municipal jurisdictional
area is 2427 hectares, i.e. about 18 % of the planning area. There is also a presence of five
uninhabited villages in the planning area. These primarily consist of the agricultural fields possessed
by the agricultural workers who live in the city.
It can be seen that NH 69 and the railway line both run through the municipal jurisdictional area
moving downwards from the city. Also SH 15 and SH 22 cut out from the NH 69 and move into the
city giving it an enhanced connectivity.
2.4 Conclusion
This chapter dealt with the physical features of the town which included topography, natural drainage,
climate, rainfall and wind direction. It also provided information on its location and connectivity.
The next chapter discusses the demographic profile of the town.
14
Figure 2 Hoshangabad Municipality jurisdictional area
15
Demographic Profile of the Town
3.1 Introduction
Demographic characteristics of a region provide an overview of its population size, composition,
territorial distribution and changes therein. This section on demographic indicators includes indicators
that measure the population size, sex ratio, density and dependency ratio. These indicators for the
region will help in identifying areas that need policy and programmed interventions, setting near and
far-term goals, and deciding priorities, besides understanding them in an integrated structure. Data in
this section has been taken mainly from the Census of India and Hoshangabad Municipality. The
demographic characteristics have been analysed in terms of decadal growth and spatial distribution of
density in the town.
3.2 Population Growth Trend and Density

In 1961, the town had a population of 19,284, which has grown more than 5 times in 40 years. Over
1961-1991 period, town population increased at more than 50 percent; however, 1991-2001 decade
saw a considerable decline in growth rate with an increase of only about 37 percent. A snapshot of
Hoshangabad population growth trend is provided in Exhibit 3-1 wherein it is evident that
Hoshangabad city has registered a substantially higher population growth rate in comparison to
Hoshangabad district level. This is a clear indicator of increasing importance of Hoshangabad in the
region.
Exhibit 3-1 Population Growth Trend of Hoshangabad
Year
Population
Decadal
Change
Decadal Growth Rate (%)

Hoshangabad
1961
1971
1981
1991
2001
19284
29434
46300
70914
97424
10150
16866
24614
26510
Hoshangabad
District
52.63%
57.30%
53.16%
37.38%
25.01
22.4
Average Annual Growth Rate (%)

Hoshangabad
Hoshangabad
District
4.39
4.78
4.43
3.12
2.51
2.27
The high population growth could be a result of peoples migration from rural to urban areas which is
usually triggered by availability of employment opportunities in the service sector, high standard of
living and education and health infrastructure facilities.
Discussions with municipal officials reveal that the City has high floating population which is due to
the number of pilgrims visit the city for various rituals. The City being headquarters of the district and
has good connectivity with the surrounding villages also the reason behind the high floating
population.Exhibit 3-2 presents an overview of population densities in past three decades.
Exhibit 3-2 Population Density
Census Year
Population
Area (sq.km)
Population Density ( per sq.km)
1971
29434
22
1337.909
1981
46300
22
2104.545
1991
70914
22
3223.364
2001
97424
22
4428.364
Source: Hoshangabad Nagar Palika Parishad
16
3.3 Other Demographic Indicators

Demographic profile of a city comprise of information on factors mentioned in Exhibit 3-3.
Exhibit 3-3 Other Demographic Indicators
Name
Population
Population (0-6 Years)
SC Population
ST Population
Literates
Illiterates
Sex-ratio
Sex-ratio (0-6 Years)
Sex-ratio SC
Sex-ratio ST
Literacy Rate
Work Participation Rate
Infant Mortality Rate
Total
97424
12957
14494
5399
70863
26561
882
889
881
853
83.9
28
55.6%
Male
54423
6859
40871
10885
-
Female
26561
6098
29992
15676
-
A critical look at Exhibit 3-3 reveals a higher percentage of women in the illiterate population. This can
be attributed to low importance attached to female education in earlier decades. A higher sex ratio in
the SC category suggests greater awareness in comparison to whole population. A starkly low sex
ratio in ST category needs immediate attention and should attract concerted actions to improve the
situation.
3.4 Ward-wise details of Population

Ward 18 caters the highest population in the City amongst the wards whereas Ward 10 caters to the
lowest. With regard to the density, Subash Road Ward has highest density followed by Ward
numbers 28, 22 and 8.Exhibit 3-4 provides the details of ward-wise residential area and population.
Exhibit 3-4 Ward Wise Residential Area & Population
Ward No
Name of the Ward
Residential Area (in Ha)
Population
Density
Shastri Ward
3.59
2679
746
Shanichara Ward
4.58
2170
474
Jagadirpura Ward
2.58
2192
850
Mangalwara Ward
4.79
2042
426
Naryanganj Ward
4.33
1755
405
Ram ganj Ward
3.45
2409
698
Azad Ward
2.47
2161
875
Subhash Ward
0.82
2094
2554
Balanganj Ward
2.62
1938
740
10
Ganesh Ward
2.24
1529
683
11
Janak puri Ward
0.88
1723
1958
12
Sadar bazar Ward
8.64
2600
301
13
Koti Bazar Ward
40.65
3172
78
14
Tilok Ward
6.48
3050
471
15
Malakhadi Ward (West)
42.56
3494
82
17
Ward No
Residential Area (in Ha)
Population
Density
16
Malakhadi Ward (East)
Name of the Ward
21.76
3826
176
17
Civil Line Ward
15.95
2527
158
18
Housing Board Ward
30.12
6499
216
19
Anand Nagar Ward
53.98
3796
70
20
Adamagad Ward
6.78
3324
490
21
Phephartal Ward
30
3956
132
22
S.P.M Ward (North)
1.5
3585
2390
23
S.P.M Ward (South)
2.2
3513
1597
24
Rasuliya Ward
23.64
2701
114
25
Rajendra Ward
38.45
4624
120
26
Rewaganj Ward
7.78
3142
404
27
Bhilpura Ward
3.97
2129
536
28
Krishanpuri Ward
0.95
2412
2539
29
Gokulpuri Ward
11.58
3377
292
30
Gwaltoli Ward
7.76
2662
343
31
Govindpura Ward
13.1
2667
204
32
Gandhi Ward
2.68
3839
1421
33
Tagour Ward
3.87
3837
982
406.75
97424
239
Total
Source: Census of India (or) Hoshangabad Master Plan
Figure 3 provides distribution of Hoshangabad population in its various wards.
3.5 Population Projection

Hoshangabad experienced high growth rate from 1971 to 1991 with an average of 53%. The
population almost doubled for every decade till 1991. According to the past and current trends of
population growth in Hoshangabad city, an analysis has been carried out with an objective of
nd
estimating population for next three decade using various methods which include Polynomial 2 order
rd
method, Polynomial 3 order method, Arithmetic increase method, Incremental increase method,
Geometric progression method, Exponential method, Power method and Logarithmic method. Result
of this analysis is presented in Exhibit 3-5.
Exhibit 3-5 Population Projections
Method
2001
nd
Polynomial 2 order method

rd
Polynomial 3 order method
Arithmetic increase method
Incremental increase method
Geometrical progression method
Exponential Method
Power Method
Logarithmic Method
97357
Population projections
2011
2021
136,122
180,500
1,580,316
2,320,177
120,806
144,254
132,603
179,645
2,419,842
6,499,351
116,105
138,238
99,157
108,181
136,122
180,500
2031
231,606
3,257,204
167,703
238,485
17,456,331
160,213
115,811
231,606
18
Population projection analysis revealed that estimation using Incremental Increase method is nearest
to the actual population trend. Hence, for all purposes in this report, Incremental Increase method
has been considered for the estimation of future populations.
19
Figure 3 Ward Wise Population
20
3.6 Issues
A high population growth rate has caused several problems in the recent times as existing
physical infrastructure and level of service has been restrained by several factors such as lack of
funds, lack of proper planning, political disturbances, etc.
Around 50% of population of Hoshangabad is living in slums with15 wards out of 33 wards have
been notified as slum wards.
One of the possible reasons for the ten percent reduction in population growth rate during 19912001 from 1981-91 and 1971-1981 can be the lack of economic prospects in Hoshangabad and
raising prospects in nearby towns like Itarsi.
Although population growth is found to be having a decreasing trend, by 2034, the population is
expected to be doubled which would further stress the infrastructure facilities in the town.
A higher proportion of female among the illiterates indicate lower attention paid to female
education.
3.7 Strategies Demography of Hoshangabad

1. A healthy demography and quality of life in an area are dependent on each other. Hence, an
immediate attention should be paid to the development of new infrastructure to support the recent
increase in the population.
2. Initiatives should be taken to decongest wards with high population density.
3. Awareness generation activities should be carried out to address the issues of lower female
literacy rate and lower sex ratio.
4. Proper documentation, in coordination with Govt. Hospital, of birth and death rates would help in
tackling critical issues.
3.8 Conclusion
This chapter discussed population growth trend and population density of the town. It was followed by
the analysis of other demographic indicators and ward-wise populations. The chapter ended with
population projections for next 25 years. The next chapter deals with the socio-economic profile of the
town.
21
Socio Economic Profile of the Town
4.1 Introduction
Socio-Economic profile of a region provides an overview of its social indicators and economy. The
section on Social Indicators includes Sex Ratio, Literacy Rate and Average Household size. This is
supported by the detailing of occupations of population. The economic profile of a town provides an
understanding of its economic base and trade & commerce activities. These indicators for the region
will help in identifying areas that need policy and programmed interventions, setting near and far-term
goals, and deciding priorities, besides understanding them in an integrated structure. Data in this
section has been taken mainly from the Census of India and Hoshangabad Municipality.
4.2 Sex Ratio and Literacy Rate

Exhibit 4-1provides details of the sex ratio along with details of Literates for Hoshangabad City,
District and Urban areas in Hoshangabad. Hoshangabad literacy rate is better than the state urban
averages. Exhibit 4-1 also attempts to acquaint us with the status of respective items in Madhya
Pradesh state.
Exhibit 4-1Literacy rate and Sex ratio
Particular
Male
Female
Total
Region
No. of Literates
40, 871
29,992
70,863
Hoshangabad
Sex
Ratio
882
Literacy Rate (%)
80
66
73
Hoshangabad Dist.
896
Literacy Rate-District
Literate % - State Urban
67.92
58.04
48.26
41.95
58.64
67.76
M.P. state
920
Source: Census of India and Hoshangabad Master Plan
As evident from the exhibit 4.1, Hoshangabad literacy rate is comparatively higher than that of urban
areas of state take together. But despite a higher literacy rate, sheer number of male and female
illiterates still needs our attention. Failure in addressing this issue can prove all the attempts towards
harnessing the whole potential of Hoshangabad futile. Turning our attention to sex ratio,
Hoshangabad overall sex ratio is in tune with that of Hoshangabad district. But if we take sex ratio of
M.P. state into consideration, Hoshangabad city fails to even come near the average.
Figure 4 provides a ward-wise mapping of literacy rate in Hoshangabad. It can be clearly seen from
Figure 4 that the slum wards have comparatively lower literacy rate with respect to the other wards.
Another observation is that that wards which one or more schools in their vicinity have higher literacy
rates.
22
Figure 4 Ward wise literacy rate
23
4.3 Average Household Size

Average Household size is a parameter which gives a broad idea of population growth rate. It also
acts as a key factor in different kinds of estimations for development works. Exhibit 4-2 presents the
Average Household size for year 2001..
Region
Hoshangabad Municipality
Hoshangabad dist-Urban
MP-Urban
Exhibit 4-2 Average Household Size

Year Population
No. of Households
2001
97357
13739
2001
3,34,394
63,430
2001
1,59,67145
29,15,725
Avg Household Size

7.1
5.3
5.5
Source: Census of India, 2001 and Hoshangabad Municipality
The value of Average Household Size in Hoshangabad Municipality was 7.1 in the year 2001which
was substantially higher than that of urban areas of MP state (5.5) and Hoshangabad District (5.3) in
year 2001.
4.4 Work Force Details

Work is defined as participation in any economically productive activity with or without compensation,
wages or profit. Such participation may be physical and/or mental in nature. Work involves not only
actual work but also includes effective supervision and direction of work. It even includes part time
help or unpaid work on farm, family enterprise or in any other economic activity. All persons engaged
in 'work' as defined above are workers. As per Census of India, Workers have been classified as
Main workers, Marginal workers and Non workers depending on duration of their work months.
Another classification has been on the basis of nature of work performed; Cultivators, Agricultural
Labours, Household Industry Labours and Other Workers. Exhibit 4-3provides workforce details of
Hoshangabad city.
Exhibit 4-3 Workforce Details
Particular
Main Worker
Marginal Worker
Non Worker
Hoshangabad
(% Population)
26.1
1.9
72
Hoshangabad Dist
Urban (% Population)
25.5
2.8
71.7
MP State Urban
(% Population)
27.1
3.6
69.3
3.0
2.2
2.2
92.6
3.4
2.3
3.6
90.7
6.2
5.4
6.6
81.8
Main and Marginal Workers

Cultivators
Agricultural Labours
Household Industry Labours
Other workers
Source: The Census of India, 2001
The type of workers that come under Other Worker category include all government servants,
municipal employees, teachers, factory workers, plantation workers, those engaged in trade,
commerce, business, transport banking, mining, construction, political or social work, priests,
entertainment artists, etc. The work participation rate in an area is defined as the ratio of Main and
Marginal workers and total population of that area. The Work Participation Rate in Hoshangabad
stands at 28 which is close to that of urban areas of Hoshangabad dist. (28.3) but lower than that of
urban areas of MP state (30.7).
24
4.5 Socio-Economic Base

This section deals with the key sectors that drive Hoshangabad citys economy. With a preliminary
assessment of citys economy, following factors can be characterized as key economic drivers.
Basic pillars for the economic drive are agriculture and tourism activities. As the City is a religious
place and the major tourist attractions are Fairs and festivities Kanababa mela. Shivatri mela, Ramji
ka mela. Apart from the festival celebrated throughout the country, the district has many other
festivals, which deserved mention. The Akha Tij (April/May) and Asarh (June/July), the festival of Nagth
Panchami held on the 5 day of Srawan Sudi etc.
The land is quite fertile here and farmers have adequate source of water supply throughout the year
in form of river Narmada. The farmers employ rotation of crops and their major income depends on
Soybean and Wheat.
In Hoshangabad district, there is only one industry namely the Security Papers Mill which is
functioning under the Ministry of Finance, Government of India. Other than this there are some units
viz. Ordnance Factory, Itarsi which works under Ministry of Defence, Government of India and
Railway Engineering Factory, Diesel and Electric Sheds, Oil Federation (manufacturing plant),
Banapura. The main trade in the district are Handicraft, Silk, Leather, Pulses etc. Other these, the
main business deals in the delivering of sand and tiles which come from river Narmada.
4.6 Tourism
Though primarily a city based on agriculture as its occupation, the city has great potential for tourism
as well. There are many tourist attractions falling in and around the city. These have been given
below:
Sethani ghat- This is an old ghat built on the bank of river Narmada. Many temples are
situated near to this.
Old age rock painting on Adamgarh hills consist of Rock paintings, it is a site of National
importance it is two kilometres away from the main city.
Salkanpur - Goddess Durga temple at a distance of approximate 35 km from Hoshangabad. It
can be reached via Budni or from the Bhopal-NasurullaGanj route
Hushang Shah Fort - This is an old fort built by Malwa ruler Hushang Shah located adjacent
to river Narmada.
The city also boasts a holy fair which takes place every year at Bandhrabhan which is a meeting point
of two main rivers Narmada and Tawa. This generates seasonal tourists to the city and boosts the
economic profile of the city.
Apart from tourist attractions in the city, there exist some important tourist destinations around the city
as well. Two major tourist attractions are Bhimbetaka and Panchmarhi
The Rock Shelters of Bhimbetaka (or Bhim Baithaka) lie 45 km from Hoshangabad, at the southern
edge of the Vindhyachal hills. South of these rock shelters are successive ranges of the Satpura hills.
The Bhimbetka shelters exhibit the earliest traces of human life in India; a number of analyses
suggest that at least some of these shelters were inhabited by man for in excess of 100,000 years.
Some of the Stone Age rock paintings found among the Bhimbetka rock shelters is approximately
25
9,000 years old. The word Bhimbetka is said to derive from Bhimbaithka, meaning sitting place of
Bhima (From the epic Mahabharata), a hero-deity renowned for his immense strength.
Pachmarhi, the only hill station of Madhya Pradesh, and a pilgrimage site for Siva bhaktas from the
surrounding country side, is now the base for enjoying the natural riches of the Satpura Tiger Reserve
as well. The tiger reserve encompasses the oldest forest reserve of India, the Bori Wildlife Sanctuary,
and the breathtaking scenery of the Pachmarhi Wildlife Sanctuary along with the Satpura National
Park. It was at Pachmarhi where Captain James Forsyth constructed the famous Bison Lodge and
founded the Forest Department of Madhya Pradesh. His travelogue titled 'The Central Indian
Highlands' on his march from Jabalpur to Pachmarhi in 1861-62, transports one into the long lost
times of tribal culture and rich wilderness
Issues
Although half of the city population lives in slums, the literacy rate of Hoshangabad is at par
with the state urban population and Hoshangabad District itself. This reflects people
willingness towards education and employment.
Hoshangabads overall sex ratio is a cause of concern. Sex ratio has been observed less
than MP State and Hoshangabad district would have been result of last decades low
population growth and immigration to nearby towns and cities for better education and
employment opportunities.
A high percentage of non-workers suggest that a significant proportion of population
remains unemployed for a substantial part of the year. This potential can be tapped by
creating job opportunities.
Although Hoshangabad could be a regional market place and hub for various services like
Health and Education none of them has been tapped adequately to increase the economy of
the city.
4.7 Conclusion
This chapter dealt with various aspects of socio-economic profile of the town such as sex ratio,
literacy rate, average household size, work participation rate, socio-economic base and trade &
commerce. The discussion was then followed by an analysis of critical issues in this area. The next
chapter talks about physical planning and growth management in the Hoshangabad city.
26
Physical Planning and Growth Management
5.1 Spatial Growth Trends

Plateau. Cities formation has tremendous influence of presence of River Narmada. City is uniformly
spread as it is very difficult to identify Central Business District. Two State Highways and one
National Highway are acting as arterial streets and paving pathways for the development. Significant
growth in population in recent decades is influencing cities growth horizontally.
5.2 Municipal level mapping (to the scale)

Figure 5 shows the municipal limits of Hoshangabad town, its physiographic features as well as the
linkages within the town. The Map also depicts natural drainage in the town and the major landmarks
of the town. It can be seen that the state highway plays a major role in the city with most of the
landmarks located along it. The State Highway acts as the main arterial for the city connecting
different areas of the city with city centre, the railway station, bus stops, commercial areas and the
administrative offices in the eastern part of the city. The natural drain as well as the river form a
significant part of the city boundary.
5.3 Ward Delineation Map

Figure 6 shows the ward boundaries of the various wards in the city. It also depicts municipal limit and
the physiographic features of the town. There are 33 wards in the city. As a general observation, the
wards located in the western part of the city are bigger in size than their counterparts in the other
directions. In addition, some of the important landmarks can also be seen in various wards. These are
commercial complex and the bus terminal in ward no 28, police station in ward no. 11, administrative
offices in ward no. 13, Civil Hospital in ward no. 11, PWD office in ward no. 1 and District Jail in ward
no. 14.
27
Figure 5 Municipal Level Mapping - Base Map
28
Figure 6 Ward Delineation Map
29
5.4 Spatial Distribution of Population

The geographical area of Hoshangabad in 2001 was 22 sq.km as per Hoshangabad Nagar Palika
Parishad .
Ward wise population density is presented in Figure 7. The density has been categorized into 4 types.
These are less than 400 persons per hectare (pph), 400-800 pph, 800 -1200pph and above 1200pph.
Ward no 8, 11, 23, 28 and 32 have higher density and are shown in the black color. Wards 3, 7, 9, 10
and 33are in the density range of 800-1200 pph and are shown in the dark green color. The wards 1,
2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 14, 20, 26 and 27 have medium density in the range 400-800 pph and are shown in the
green color. Rest of the wards have least density and are shown in the light green color.
An important observation is that that the higher density wards are concentrated in the western side of
the city. One of the possible reasons for the higher density could be the presence of slum pockets in
these wards. The lower density wards are located in the eastern part of the city. The low
concentration of population in these wards can be attributed to of the presence of open spaces and
vacant land in these wards.
5.5 Future Growth Possibility

Figure 7 clearly depicts wards with lower population densities. These wards, with lower densities,
offer some possible locations for future development in the city.
30
Figure 7 Ward Wise Population Density
31
5.6 Existing Land use analysis

The existing land use pattern of Hoshangabad shows a major portion of the total area of the
municipality still coming under agricultural use. Agriculture constitutes about 56.76% of the total
extent of the town. Less than 28% of the total town area is developed. Among the various land use
categories constituting the developed portion of the town, residential use is the predominant one. It
contributes to more than 69.87% of the developed area of the town while other categories
cumulatively contributing to the rest.
Exhibit 5-1 Existing Land Use Pattern - Hoshangabad
S. No
Land use
Category
Nagar Palika Parishad

Limits
Area in % to total extent
(Ha)
of town
Extended
Area
Total
Planning
Area
% to Total
Planning
Area
46.14
452.89
69.87
Residential
406.75
18.49
Commercial
24.41
1.11
24.41
3.77
Industrial
9.74
0.44
9.74
1.5
Institutional
87.45
3.98
87.45
13.49
Public Amenities
8.1
0.37
8.1
1.25
Recreational
Circulation
Vacant Land
Agricultural Land
10
Water Bodies
Total
6.55
0.3
6.55
1.01
59.08
2.69
59.08
9.11
268.56
12.21
1248.98
56.76
80.38
3.65
2200
100
648.22
100
46.14
Source: Town Planning department, Hoshangabad
As the town is a junction of major communication links to nearby other towns, the developments are
generally concentrated on both sides of the rail and road links. The public and semi-public places
mostly comprises of bus stand, railway station, Govt. offices, hospitals, education etc, which are
generally situated at the centre of development pocket.
Figure 8provides a snapshot of existing land-use pattern of Hoshangabad planning area.
32
Figure 8 Existing Land Use Pattern Hoshangabad
33
5.7 Planning Efforts

A Master Plan was prepared for Hoshangabad Local Planning area (LPA) prepared under The
Madhya Pradesh Nagar Tatha Gram Nivesh Niyam, 1975. The Master Plan designated the town area
with various designated zones according to their predominant use. The existing residential areas and
the proposed areas were designated as Mixed Residential Zone and the scattered settlements were
designated as Primary Residential Zone. The uses within these zones are subject to permissible
uses mentioned under Zoning Regulations.
Exhibit 5-2 Land use Classification according to 2001 & 2006 Master Plan
Land Use
Area (in Ha)
Residential
Commercial
Industrial
Public & Semipublic
Public Utilities
Entertainment
Transportation
Total
Percentage
2001
452.89
24.41
9.74
87.45
8.1
6.55
59.8
648.22
Area (in Ha)
Percentage
2006
69.87
3.77
1.5
13.49
1.25
1.01
9.11
100
1088.88
90.4
42.64
46.69
10.24
166.07
146.49
1591.41
68.32
5.68
2.68
3
0.65
10.45
9.22
100
Source: Hoshangabad Master Plan
In the 2006 master plan with the extended limits residential area has been projected for 68% and 9 %
for traffic and transportation which are in the lines of previous master plan. By considering tourism
impact on economic development of the city, 10% of the land has been allocated for entertainment
purposes and 6% for commercial purposes. Public and Semi-public spaces has been restrained to
about 4% of the area. Figure 9 provides a snapshot of proposed land use pattern of Hoshangabad city
as per 2001 and 2006 Master Plan.
34
Figure 9 Proposed Land use Pattern by 2001 & 2006 Master Plan
35
5.8 Master Plan Provisions

In the Master Plan, Hoshangabad has been envisaged to be a Commercial and Trading Hub, Centre
for Agro-based industries, Tourism Hub, Educational & Medical Hub, and Administrative centre.
For the purpose of a planned development, Hoshangabad has been divided into two Investment
Zones. These Investment Zones presently comprise of 430.34 ha (1543.47 ha) and 217.88 ha
(696.16 ha) of Developed Land (Total Land). The Developed area of these Investment Zones has
been proposed to increase to 1113.13 ha and 478.28 ha respectively.
To develop Hoshangabad as a Commercial Hub, Master Plan has recommended developments of
Transport Nagar, Krishi Upaj Mandi, Grocery Market, Iron Market, Vegetable and Fruit Market, Retail
Markets, etc. A total land of 90.4 ha has been allocated for these purposes.
Hoshangabad Master Plan suggests a Green belt of 15 m on both sides of all Canals and Natural
Drains and of 100m along both sides of Narmada River. In addition, land areas of 28.41 ha for
Stadium, 4 ha for Trade Fairs, and some area for Parks, Sports Ground and Conservation of Hillocks
have also been allocated in the Master Plan.
Bus Stand has been proposed to be relocated and an area of 3 ha has been allocated for this
purpose.
5.9 Housing Scenario and Housing Demand

In accordance to the Master Plan and Consultation with the Stakeholders, an attempt has been made
to estimate the Housing Demand for Hoshangabad. In Hoshangabad, there are primarily four types of
housings, namely, Economically Weaker Section Housing, Low Income Group Housing, Medium
Income Group Housing and High Income Group Housing. Exhibit below provides Housing demand
for various sections of society for year 2011.
Exhibit: Housing Demands
SNo.
Income Group
Housing Demand
Economically Weaker Section
9179
Low Income Group
6119
Medium Income Group
4080
High Income Group
1020
5.10 Illegal Colonies

Hoshangabad has few illegal colonies which are majorly located near the Slum Areas. Some of these
are located near Malakhedi, Adamgarh, Phephertal, etc.
5.11 Conclusion
This chapter discussed physical growth of Hoshangabad city. The chapter presented maps and
analysis of spatial population growth, municipal boundary, ward delineation and tentative land use of
Hoshangabad.
The next chapter deals with the assessment of urban services. The assessment of existing situation is
followed by the demand-supply gap analysis, SWOT analysis and identification of critical issues in
each urban sector.
36
City Infrastructure
This chapter deals with the current status of various components of city infrastructure and services
provided by the Hoshangabad Municipality. Various sectors/services have been analyzed in
accordance with the methodology mentioned in Section 1.3.2. Sectors / Services identified for the
analysis have been classified into following six categories:
1. Physical Infrastructure
Water Supply
Drainage
Traffic & Transportation
Street Lighting, Fire Fighting & Power
Health
Education
Recreational
Social Security Schemes
Urban Environment
Heritage and Tourism
5. Urban Poor and Accessibility to Basic Services
6. Urban Governance and Institutional Framework
Urban Governance
Institutional Framework for Development
Sector-wise analysis is presented in subsequent sub-sections. The Demand-Supply Gap Analysis for
various sectors has been done for short and long term, i.e. 5 years and 25 years. The projected
population for these timelines is provided in Exhibit 6-1 below.
Exhibit 6-1 Population Projection for Demand-Supply Gap Analysis
Year
Term
Population
2015
2025
2035
Short term
Medium term
Long term
141,182
180,672
228,614
Source: IMaCS Analysis
The Demand Supply Gap analysis is followed by a listing of critical issues faced by that sector. It is
followed by SWOT analysis and sectoral strategies to achieve the sector goal.
37
6.1 Physical Infrastructure

6.1.1 Water Supply
Existing Status
Hoshangabad Municipality is responsible authority for providing water services in the municipality
premises. Municipality is responsible for sourcing, establishing network, operation & maintenance
and collection of user charges.
City is blessed with the perenial river Narmada passage.
Ground Water from wells and tube wells are the major
water source for the city which are spread across the city.
There are about 70 tube wells and 4 open wells established
in the city. From 64 Tube Wells and 4 Open wells city is
drawing about 12.5 MLD and distributing 10 MLD water to
citizens.Thus on average 80 LPCD water is reaching to the
citizens. As there is no proper treatment facility established,
water extracted from tube wells is subjected to primary
treatment with bleaching powder. Exhibit 6.2 provides
details of various sources serving water to the city.
Exhibit 6-2 Source of Water Supply
S.No
Source
Number of Households
Tap
14,581
Hand Pump
71
Tube Well
1,249
Well
637
Others
96
Total
17,420
Storage
Water is pumped through headworks located at 2 Km away from the city and transmitted to the Over
Head Tanks (OHTs) located at various places in the town. Exhibit 6.3 gives details of the storage
infrastructure available within HNPP in terms of OHTs.. There are a total of 6 OHTs with a capacity of
23.5 lakh litres.
S.No
1
2
3
4
5
6
Total
Exhibit 6-3 Details of OHT in Hoshangabad

Location
Capacity (in lakh Liters)
Malakhedi
0.5
Tehsil Tank
10
Tehsil Tank
1
Sardar Bazaar
1
Valtoli
10
Housing Board
1
23.5
38
Transmission and Distribution

Water is supplied to the City is through the municipal distribution
system besides public stand posts and hand pumps. Water extracted
from tube wells is directly transferred to Over Head Tanks (OHT).
Hoshangabad Municipality, at present, has Six OHTs. Exhibit 6.3
Provides details of OHTs installed in the city.
Main water distribution line is about 48.3 Km and internal distribution
line about 42 Km by covering 90% of the City. Out of 33 Wards, 18
wards are fully covered with the individual water supply connections
whereas 15 wards are covered with mix of sources.
Figure 10 shows the existing water supply infrastructure present in the city. It shows the location of
the OHTs, the Sump wells and the tube wells in the city.
Connections
Water is supplied to the City is through the municipal distribution system besides public stand posts
and hand pumps. The total numbers of connections in the city are around 8380 in which nearly 282
connections are out of service. Exhibit 6.4& 6.5 provides details of number of direct water service
connections in Hoshangabad Municipality as of June 2009.
Exhibit 6-4 Water Connections
Details on Service Connections
Units
a. Domestic / Residential
Nos.
Figures
6880
b. Non-Domestic / Commercial
c. Agriculture
Nos.
Nos.
931
569
TOTAL
Nos.
8380
S.No
Exhibit 6-5 Water Connections by Size

Type of Connection
Units
Figures
3/4" Connection
Nos.
649
1/2" Connection
Nos.
7731
Total
Nos.
8380
Exhibit 6.6 provides a snapshot of service level indicators of Water Supply service provided by
Hoshangabad municipality.
Exhibit 6-6 Water Supply - Service Level Indicators
Water Supply Indicators
Value
Unit
a
c
d
e
g
h
83
23.5
23.5
0
15
1530
lpcd
%
%
%
%
Number
Gross Daily Per Capita Supply-Year 2009

% Elevated Storage capacity w.r.t Supply
% Total Storage capacity w.r.t Supply
% Treatment capacity available (Primary @ ESR)
% Non Domestic Connections
Number of Public Stand Posts
Source: IMaCS Assessment
39
Figure 10 Water Supply
40
Present and Future Demand Supply Gaps

Exhibit6-7summarizes the current status and Demand-Supply Gap analysis for Water supply service
provided by Hoshangabad Municipality. It also provides a snapshot of comparative analysis of
existing level of service with level of service desired under the Urban Development Plans Formulation
& Implementation (UDPFI) guidelines.
Exhibit6-7 Water Supply: Demand-Supply Gap Analysis
Service Levels, Demand and Gaps
By Year 2015 By Year 2035
Existing
Current Desired Unit
(2009) Demand Gap Demand Gap
level
level
Existing/ Desired level

Service head
Indicator
1
Daily Supply
Treatment
Elevated
Storage
capacity
Distribution
Network
Per-capita
supply
(lpcd)
Treatment capacity
against supply (%)
Elevated
Storage
capacity
W.r.t Supply (%)
Network w.r.t. Road
length
83
135
MLD
10
19.06
9.06
30.86
11.8
100
ML
0.00
19.06
19.06
30.86
11.8
24
33
ML
2.35
6.35
10.29
4.06
68
85
Km
90
127
37
177
50
It is evident from Exhibit6-7 that Hoshangabad needs a major revamping in Water Supply sector as
current level of service, 83 lpcd, fails to even come near the desired level of service. The huge gap in
the water supply area by the year 2015 well underscores the above point. By the end of year 2035,
Hoshangabad city would require 30.86 MLD of water i.e. an addition of around 20 MLD to the capacity
in year 2015. Hoshangabad city also falls behind in meeting the standards of UDPFI guidelines in the
area of storage capacity w.r.t. supply. An addition of 4 ML to the storage capacity is desired by the
year 2015. Hoshangabad city also requires a treatment plant to treat the raw water. In the area of
distribution network, existing service level stands at 68 percent of the road network against the
desired level of 85 percent of the same. The city would require additions of 37 km and 50 km of
distribution network before and after the year 2015 to meet the demand of year 2035
Issues & Gaps
Lack of adequate access
HNPP has 33 wards and had a population of 97357 during Census 2001, which is increased to
124137 in 2009. Given municipal norm of 135 LPCD, demand for water supply in HNPP has
increased from 7 MLD in 2001 to 10 MLD in 2009. As against this, the total water supplied within
HNPP is only about 5.6 MLD implying that HNPP is meeting about 50-60% of its 2009 requirements.
The population in HNPP could reach close to 2.3 lakh by 2035. Even at 120 LPCD norm of World
Health Organisation (WHO), this would imply that water demand would go up to 24.39 MLD by 2025..
To the extent this can be solved by reducing the transmission and distribution losses and utilizing
Narmada River Water efficiently.
No Treatment Infrastructure
Altough Narmada rive is known for its purity to avoid water born deseas treatment of the water is quite
necessary. It is evident from Exhibit 6.7 treatment infrastructure is totally lacking in the municipality.
By the UDPFI standards municipality should have atleast 20 MLD capacity treatment plant by 2015.
Lack of Storage Infrastructure
41
Present condition of storage infrastructure is very poor. The over head tanks are very age old and are
in dilapidated condition. Immediate measures are required to replace them with permanent structure.
In additon to the present capacity to satisfy the demand Hoshangabad City is required to add another
4 ML of storage capacity desired by the end of year 2015.
SWOT Analysis Water Supply
Strengths
1. City is blessed with Narmada a perennial
river passage.
2. People are well educated to adopt best
practices on water savings with
awareness improvement programs.
3. People respect Narmada River as source
of livelihood which can be a driving force
to keep Narmada clean.
Opportunities
1. Metered connections could be a major
source of revenue to the municipality
2. Improvement in the level of service by
augmenting daily supply of water and
storage capacity.
3. Installation of treatment plants to improve
the quality of drinking water
4. Looking at a PPP model to ensure better
efficiency
Weaknesses
1. Current level of water supply is lower
than level desired under the UDPFI
guidelines.
2. Poor maintenance of water supply
infrastructure
3. 20% of water yield is getting wasted on
supply and transmission
4. Lack of proper water treatment facilities
5. Lack of continuous(24X7) supply though
tremendous source is available
6. Unmetered water connections
Threats
1. Huge wastage of water in terms of supply
and transmission could be economic loss
to the municipality.
2. Dependence on Tube-wells for water
supply threatens the citys water security.
3. Unwillingness of users to pay water
charges
4. Dilapidated state of existing water supply
network.
5. Consumption of water from alternative
sources could be a threat to revenue loss
to the municipality.
6.1.2 Sewerage and Sanitation

th
th
As envisaged in the 12 schedule of 74 Amendment to the Constitution of India, responsibility of

providing services pertaining to sewerage and sanitation within the city limits lie with ULBs.
Sewerage System Existing Status
Hoshangabad city lacks a comprehensive sewerage
system for a safe disposal of sewerage generated in the
city. In fact, one of the major issues which Hoshangabad
city is grappling with is total absence of sewerage system.
Sewerage generated in the city either flows into storm
water drains or individual septic tanks with a major portion
lying unattended in various parts of the city creating
unbearable milieu for the citizens. Sewerage flowing into
storm water drains eventually merges into natural drains
which crisscross the city.
42
Household Sanitation
According to census 2001, nearly three quarters of households had access to sanitation facilities.
This included-51 percent households with WC type latrines, 10 percent households with pit latrines
and 14 percent households with other type latrine. Nearly 25 percent households lacked access to
household sanitation facility.
Analysis of recent household sanitation survey covering 15,515 households (within Hoshangabad
Municipal Area) indicates that nearly 85 percent of the households access individual sanitation
facilities. This includes 74 percent households accessing WC type latrines, a little less than 11
percent households accessing pit type latrines and less than one percent households accessing
other latrines.
Exhibit 6-8 Household Sanitation Arrangements (2001 and 2008)
Source: Census 2001; Base: 17429
Source: Sanitation Survey; Base: 15,515
Notes: WC Water Closet type latrine connected to Septic Tank
Ward-wise analysis of survey results indicate following:

100 percent sanitation coverage is reported from 9 wards: Shastri ward, Narayanganj Ward,
Balaganj, Janakpuri, Sadar Bazar, Malakhedi North, SPM (East and West) and Rajendra
Ward.
More than 25% percent households each in 9 wards report lack of access to sanitation
facilities: Ramganj (41 percent), Azad ward (31 percent) and Subhashganj (32 percent),
Housing board ward (41 percent), Azamgarh ward (51 percent), Rasoliya (39 percent),
Rewganj (41 percent), Gokulpuri (30 percent) and Tagore ward (25 percent).
27 percent of all households lacking access to sanitation facilities are connected in Housing
board ward (No 18). This indicates presence of large slum population. However this is not
yet declared as slum ward.
The sanitation survey reports that there are only 64 households that use other type latrines. This
includes 26 latrines where night soil is disposed in open drainage and 19 latrines each where night
soil is lifted by scavengers and serviced by animals. A total of 2,311 households reported lack of
access to sanitation facilities.
As discussed earlier, Hoshangabad is a town of religious importance. Thousands of pilgrims visit the
town to take dip in holy Narmada. Rough estimations suggest that almost 0.10 to 0.15 million pilgrims
43
visit on festive occasions. Such occasions are reported to be almost once every month.
Hoshangabad is district and Tehsil headquarter and important agriculture trade centre in the region. It
is reported that even in ordinary days about 10,000 to 15,000 visitors arrive in Hoshangabad. Thus,
adequate public sanitary conveniences are vital for maintaining overall sanitation levels in the town.
There are 6 existing public sanitary conveniences. Additionally, 6 public sanitary conveniences are
proposed under sewerage scheme proposed under National River Action Plan (NRAP) ad presented
below in Exhibit 6.9.
Exhibit 6-9 Location of Existing and Proposed Public Sanitary Conveniences (PSC)
S.No
Location
Existing PSC
1 Sethani Ghat
2 Kori Ghat
3 Private Bus Stand
4 Machhali Bazar
5 Balaganj
6 Government Bus Stand
Proposed
1 Government Bus Stand
2 Gupta Ground
3 Chhoti Bajariya
4 Putlibai School
5 Raj Ghat
6 Meenaxi Chowk
Ownership
Tariff
25
20
15
15
15
15
Sulabh
Sulabh
HNPP
HNPP
HNPP
HNPP
Rs.2/- & Rs.5/Rs.2/- & Rs.5/Free

Free
Free
Free
15
15
15
15
15
15
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
Seats
Source: Hoshangabad Nagar Palika
PSCs at Sethani Ghat and Kori Ghat are newly constructed. Other existing blocks are being
reconstructed. Once reconstructed, HNPP proposes to hand these over to private agency for
operation and maintenance. Sulabh International is maintaining two toilets on pay and use basis
where as HNPP is maintaining other 4 toilets.
The deluxe toilet block at Sethani ghat was
constructed using MPLAD funds and the HNPP pays for water and electricity charges.
Waste Water Generation and Collection:
HNP reports daily water supply level of 80 litres per person. In 2001, the population of Hoshangabad
was 97,424. Considering annual growth rate of 4 percent (observed in 1991-2001), current
population is expected to be 124,657. Assuming a sewage return factor of 0.80(80 percent), the
current waste water generated can be estimated at 8 MLD [124,657 persons X 80 lpcd X 0.80 return
factor X 1/1,000,000].
Hoshangabad town does not have underground sewerage system. Sullage is mainly disposed
through roadside box drains of which some sections are covered. Overflow of septic tanks is also
discharged into the drains. In few cases, latrines directly discharge into the drainage. The drainage
system serves a dual purpose of carrying sullage as well as storm runoff.
Wastewater Disposal
Disposal from Septic tanks
The Hoshangabad Municipality has one vacuum emptying tank. The municipality charges Rs. 500 per
tank cleaning. It is reporting that on an average there are ten to fifteen calls every month. At this rate
the municipality cleans less than 200 septic tanks a year. This is less than 2 percent of the existing
septic tanks. Information on manual cleaning of septic tanks, by the households themselves, is
44
currently not available. The wastage collected from the tanks is disposal into Khojanpur nallah,
without any treatment.
Existing Schemes:
Trunk Sewerage and Sewage Treatment Scheme (NRCP)
Hoshangabad is one of the towns taken up under Government of Indias ambitious National River
Conservation Plan (NRCP). Under the programme, a wastewater collection and treatment scheme is
proposed for Hoshangabad town. A detailed project report for the scheme has been prepared by
Environmental Planning & Coordinated Organization, GoMP. The scheme was submitted to National
River Conservation Directorate in 2006 and has been approved. The scheme broadly comprises of
trunk sewerage network, sewage pumping station and 2 sewage treatment plants (4 MLD and 11
MLD). Proposed wastewater treatment system consists of facultative pond followed by maturation
pond. The scheme is estimated to cost about Rs 103 million;
For slum communities, low cost sanitation has been proposed under the scheme. A provision of Rs.
1.34 million has been made for the same. Only 2 toilet blocks are proposed under the scheme.
For the purpose of wastewater collection, the town has been divided in 6 sewerage zones based on
drainage catchment. Wastewater from zone 1 and 2 is diverted to Bheelpura STP site, whereas,
wastewater from remaining zones is diverted to Phephartaal STP site. The sewerage network does
not cover wards Phephartaal, SPM (East), SPM (West) and part of Rasooliya ward.
Recently HNPP has noticed notice inviting tenders for implementation of trunk sewerage network,
constructing of sewage pumping stations and 2 sewage treatment plants. HNPP on the other hand
has initiated process of land acquisition near Phephartaal.
Branch and Lateral Sewerage Network (Under UIDSSMT)
Under the NRCP scheme, trunk sewerage laying is proposed. The complete this, a separate scheme
for laying branch and lateral sewerage network is proposed under UIDSSMT.
The implementation of both the schemes can be expected to severely disrupt town wide
communication, especially since most streets in the dense core of the town are narrow.
45
Present and Future Demand and Supply Gaps

Exhibit 6-10 summarizes the current status and Demand-Supply Gap analysis for Sewerage &
Sanitation provided by Hoshangabad Municipality. Exhibit 6-10 also provides a snapshot of
comparative analysis of existing level of service with level of service desired under the Urban
Development Plans Formulation & Implementation (UDPFI) guidelines.
Exhibit 6-10 Sewerage & Sanitation: Demand-Supply Gap Analysis
By Year 2015
By Year 2035
Existing
Curre
Desired Unit
nt
level
level
Existing/ desired level

Service head
Indicator
Population covered
with UGD
1 Sewerage
% Treatment
Capacity
Public Sanitary
Conveniences (PSC)
2 Sanitation
Community Sanitary
Conveniences(CSC)
100
HH
100
ML
15.3
15.3
24.7
9.4
75
60
Seat
195
250
55
35
Seat
112
112
141182 141182 228614 228614
As shown in Exhibit 6-10, Hoshangabad city would require a sewerage system to cater around
141182 and 228614citizens (as per UDPFI guidelines) by the year 2015 and 2035 respectively. A
comprehensive sewerage system needs an integrated treatment plant which can be developed in a
phased manner. The city would require sewerage treatment capacities of 15.3 MLD and 24.7 MLD by
the year 2015 and 2035 respectively. The sanitation facilities have been classified into Public Sanitary
Conveniences and Community Sanitary Conveniences. While Public Sanitary Conveniences will
largely cater to the floating population, Community Sanitary Conveniences will primarily serve the
households which are not equipped with a toilet. To provide safe and sufficient number of sanitation
facilities, city would need 250 PSCs respectively and112 CSCs to serve the households not equipped
with toilets.
Issues & Gaps
Absence of UGD system
All the wards are to be covered with UGD system. Though HNPP has some coverage through septic
tanks, the disposal of sewage through either open drainage or septic tanks is leading to the pollution
of ground water and surface water. An integrated UG system covering the entire town is critical, given
the expected growth of the town.
Treatment
Sewage water flowing through open drains without any treatment is the major cause of concern
regarding Narmada River Pollution. Its evident from Exhibit 6-10 that Hoshangabad needs atleast
about 25 MLD of sewage treatment plant to avoid polluting river Narmada.
Uncovered Population
While the absence of UGD itself exposes the entire town population to the hazards of unsanitary
conditions, nearly 20% of the towns population remains uncovered by safe sanitary disposal systems.
Need for greater coverage and better maintenance of Public conveniences
46
Absence of UGD itself exposes the entire town to the hazards of unsanitary conditions, nearly 35% of
the towns population in slums is covered through public conveniences. Being religious centre
and having high rate of floating population demanding immediate attention toward the facilities.
There is need to strengthen the network of public convenience throughout the town.
Poor coverage, overflows and blockages of Storm water drains
With the growth in population of the town, the poor coverage of road networks by storm water drains
without adequate linkages to main channels requires immediate attention. The drains also face the
overflow and blockage problems due to the plastic waste thrown in the drains.
SWOT Analysis
Lack of a sewerage system in the city forbids us from doing a SWOT analysis for this service. A
SWOT analysis for Sanitation is as follows:
Strengths
Opportunities
1. Increased
awareness
among
the
stakeholders for the improvement of
sanitation facilities.
1. Provision of better services to slum and

floating population by improving the
sanitation facilities of the city.
2. Nearly 85 percent households have

access to individual sanitation facilities;
remaining 15 percent households lack
access to individual sanitation facilities.
2. PPP mode can be utilized for the

improvement of sanitation facilities of the
city.
3. Tertiary treatment of the sewage water
and re-using for the municipal purposes
can be explored.
3. Over 2001-08 period, proportion of

households having individual sanitation
facilities has increased by 10 percent.
Weaknesses
Threats
1. Slum Population per Seat of Public

Convenience is around 233 against the
UDPFI norm value of 60.
1. Improper usage of public conveniences

would leave these facilities unusable and
would require more maintenance.
2. Lack of maintenance and absence of

timely
cleaning
of
free
public
conveniences renders them unusable for
significant amount of time.
2. Political influence can prevent the

strategic planning of public conveniences
in the city.
3. Non consideration of daily movement of

people into the planning of Public
Conveniences.
3. Overflow from septic tanks and from the

houses are mixing with storm water
drainage system resulting pollution.
4. Recent survey exploits that most of

households are unwilling to towards bothcapital as well as O&M cost of common
sanitation facilities.
6.1.3 Solid Waste Management System (SWMS)

Waste is unwanted material left over from places of human and animal habitation. Solid waste
comprises unwanted and discarded materials from houses, street sweeping, and commercial and
industrial operations. Increase in urban population and changing life styles lead to the generation of
solid waste. Generally, solid waste is heterogeneous in nature and a mixture of vegetables, food
items, paper, plastics, rags, glass etc. If solid waste is disposed off on land in open areas, then it
causes a negative impact on the environment, ground water, bad odour, pests etc.
47
Existing Status
Hoshangabad Municipality is responsible for all kinds of collection i.e. primary, secondary and tertiary
which include street sweeping, collection, transportation and disposal of all solid wastes generated in
the town. Hoshangabad Municipality has a dedicated staff of around 60 sanitary workers headed by a
Sanitary Supervisor. This team is supposed to be headed by a Sanitary Inspector but a vacancy at
this post transfers these responsibilities to Sanitary Supervisor. Exhibit 6.11 gives a snapshot of
service level indicators of SWMS of Hoshangabad city.
Exhibit 6-11 Hoshangabad Municipality - Service Level Indicators
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
SWMS Service Level Indicator

Waste Generated per capita (2009)
% Waste Collected as per LBs Estimate
% Waste Collected as per available capacity
% Households covered by Door-to-Door Collection by Private Sector
% Households covered by Door-to-Door Collection by Municipality
Road length per Conservancy Staff
Total Rated Capacity of Vehicles
% Rated capacity to waste Generated
No. of Trips per Vehicle/day
Average Spacing Between Dustbins
Area Coverage per Collection Point
Mode of Disposal
Value
413.8
70.0
57.6
1049.6
8
16
3.6
870.1
0.1
Dumping
Unit
Grams
%
%
%
%
Meters
Tonnes
%
Nos.
Meters
Sq.Km
According to the health department of HNPP, 50 metric tons (MT) domestic solid waste is generated
daily. This includes 44 MT garbage from households, 4 MT garbage from vegetable markets and 2
MT garbage from other areas. There is no system of doors to door collections. Households are
responsible for disposing the waste at designated solid waste collection points. HNPP reports that
there are 74 designated collection points; 54 of which are masonry bins and 20 are open collection
points. The municipality clears these with the help of 2 Lorries and 4 tractors trailers. The garbage is
then dumped at designated site. HNPP practices uncontrolled dumping. There are two solid waste
dumping grounds. The old dumping site was located fairly near the river. According to HNPP,
dumping at the old site has been discontinued. The new dumping site is located at south eastern
edge of the town. This site is away from the river. However there is a need for organized and
controlled dumping.
Preliminary Collection
A recent household survey presents a bleak picture at primary collection and transfer end of the SWM
chain. Analysis of responses from 15, 515 households in the 33 wards indicates that a bulk (91
percent) of the households dispose garbage in the open (90 percent) or in drains (1 percent). Only a
small proportion of households (about 9 percent) practice proper disposal disposing in solid waste
bins (a little over 8 percent) or door-to-door pick up (less than a percent).
Ward wise data analysis indicates that the use of solid waste bin for garbage disposal is well
practiced only in four municipal wards (Janakpuri, Sadar Bazar, SPM East and SPM West), where
more than two thirds of the households reported to use municipal solid waste bin. Among these, all
households in SPM East ward use municipal solid waste bin. In contrast, nearly 22 percent
households in Rasooliya ward dispose garbage in drains. Similar practice is adopted by about 8
percent households in Ramganj ward.
48
Exhibit 6-12 Details of Solid Waste Management System

S.No.
a
b
c
i
ii
iii
iv
d
e
f
g
i
ii
iii
Description
Collection Details
Waste Generated Per Day (tons)

Waste Collected Per Day (tons)
Major Sources of Waste Generation
(as per collection) (tons)
Domestic
Commercial/ Markets
Industrial
Hazardous/ Hospital Waste (tons)
Number of Dustbins in Town
No of collection points
Average Capacity Per Bin
Frequency Of Waste Collection
Domestic
Commercial/ Markets
Industrial
Population covered by door to door
collection by ULB
Area of Dump Yard
50
35
45
5
0
0.0
152
165
5
Daily
Daily
Daily
NA
7.47 Acres
Source: Hoshangabad Municipality
Vehicles for Solid Waste Collection

At present, waste collected after primary and secondary collection is being dumped at two disposal
sites without any segregation. At present, city has two waste disposal sites details of which are
provided in Figure 11.
A brief description of vehicles used by Municipality for solid waste collection is given in Exhibit
Exhibit 6-13 Details of Vehicles used in Solid Waste Collection
Vehicle
Type
Owned/
Rented
Trucks
Mini Trucks
Tractors
Owned
Owned
Owned
Nos Capacity
.
(tons)
1
1
3
3
2
1
Trips
per day
Distance
(km)/ day
Persons
per vehicle
Operation
(hrs/day)
3
3
3
10
5
5
2
3
5
5
10
10
49
Figure 11 Location of SW Landfill Sites
50

Exhibit 6-14 summarizes the current status and Demand-Supply Gap analysis for Solid Waste
Management service provided by Hoshangabad Municipality. Exhibit 6-14 also provides a snapshot of
Exhibit 6-14 SWMS: Demand - Supply Gap Analysis
Service head
Indicator
Waste
generation
Waste
2
Collection
Vehicle
3
utilization
1
Cur.
level
Des.
level
Per-capita waste
414
generation, gpcd
Collection
57.6
performance (%)
Trips per Vehicle
3.6
per day
Push Carts
Primary
4
Tricycles
collection
Community Bins
Secondary
5
Container bins
collection
Landfill site
Landfill
6 Disposal
infrastructure
Composting
414

Existing
Unit
MT
50
58
95
47
40
159
119
257
98
18
12
51
33
152
299
147
416
117
No.
92
92
92
Acres
7.47
14.47
7.00
81.61
67.14
100
3.6
90
10
7.47
No.
67
MT/ day
39
39
64
25
33
MT/ day
19
19
31
12
Estimation of Waste Collection

An Analysis was carried out to project the future waste generation in the Hoshangabad city. Waste
generation projection has been carried out in accordance to the UDPFI guidelines. A land-fill height of
4 meters and bulk density of 0.5 tones/Cu mt have been assumed for the analysis. Result of this
analysis is presented in Exhibit 6-15.
Exhibit 6-15 Estimation of Waste Generation
Year
2009
2015
2025
2035
Daily Generation
MT
Cu.M
50
100
58.42
117
74.76
150
94.60
189
Annual Generation
MT
Cu.M
18,250
36,500
21,324
42,648
27,288
54,577
34,530
69,059
Cumulative Total
Cu.M
36,500
2,76,801
7,67,565
13,90,177
Area Required
Sq.mt
Acres
9124
2.25
69,200
17.10
1,91,891 47.42
3,47,544 85.88
Source: IMaCS Estimates
51
Issues & Gaps

Generation
The waste generation would be three fold in twenty years. This needs higher attention as it demands
for advanced way of waste management. With the existing level of service it would be merely
impossible to tackle about 95 MT of waste by 2035.
Collection
1. In the absence of door-to-door collection facility in the city waste is dumped all over the open
lands.
2. Out of 165 collection points for waste, 13 are openly dumped areas.
3. It is evident from the table 6 that municipality would be required at least another 800 dustbins
added to the present network to manage waste efficiently. With the demand estimation it is also
evident that municipality need to add another 51 Tricycle and 257 Push Carts by the end of year
2035.
Transportation
1. Municipality is transferring only 35 MT of generated waste. There is no previous record for quality
and quantity of waste generation in the city.
2. @35 MT on average trips per vehicle is already exhausted to 3.6. Sufficient transmission
infrastructure i.e, trucks and JPs has to be added to clear the entire cities waste by 2015.
Treatment & Disposal
1. There is no treatment facility established in the town. The collected waste is dumped openly and
sometimes openly incinerated. This could cause health hazard for the people.
2. Its usual practice that waste is dumped in the drains and on the river bed especially on holly
occasions. It has become very tedious task for the corporation to maintain the Ghats due to
irregular practice of waste disposal.
3. The present dumping yard of 7.57 acres has to be converted to treatment site for short term
measures and a new landfill site or adjoining land to the landfill site has to be dedicated for the
treatment purposes. Corporation would be in requirement of at least 82 Acres o the land for the
landfill and composing facilities by 2035.
4. Corporation hasnt yet initiated privatization of the service or recycle and re-use of the waste.
Scope for private participation There is scope of inducting a private player to provide the service
given the current condition wherein the city attracts more floating population in addition to the resident
population. This could reduce the immense pressure on HNPP to concentrate the other sectors to
improve efficiency.
52
SWOT Analysis
Strengths
1. Sufficient waste collection capacity
2. Potential for income generation through
processing solid waste
Opportunities
1. Existing infrastructure can be utilized in
an effective manner.
2. With the availability of sufficient capacity,
a pilot study for the overall improvement
of SWMS can be undertaken.
3. Private participation could be explored for
revenue generation and best usage of
waste.
Weaknesses
1. High per capita waste generation
2. Lack of primary collection
Threats
1. Failure of maintenance of extra capacity
can result in loss of capacity
3. Un hygienic waste disposal system
2. Negligence from citizens can prove all

efforts of municipality futile
4. Proximity of disposal sites to the

residential areas gives rise to several
health related problems.
3. Narmada Water is getting polluted by

disposal of waste
5. Several places of the city are not

provided collection bins leaving no
options with residents to dispose
domestic waste but throw it in open.
4. Health hazards for the people due to

insufficient
collection
and
open
incineration.
6.1.4 Drainage
Existing Status
The topography of Hoshangabad town and its surroundings is such that the natural drainage system
generally slopes towards north-west. There are four major natural drains Kori Ghat nallah, Lendia
nallah, Sukh Tawa nallah and Khojanpur nallah (Sukh Tawa Nallah discharges into Khojanpur nallah)
that carry the wastewater for ultimate disposal into River Naramada. The point where Kori Ghat nallah
discharges into Narmada River is located fairly upstream. Lendia Nalla and Khjanpur Nallahs on the
other hand join the river downstream of town. Of these two nallahs, Khojanpur nallah travels nearly 3
Km (through agricultural fields) after leaving the habited areas of the town and before meeting River
Narmada.
Figure 12shows the drainage pattern within the city. The city has a natural drainage pattern because
of its physiographic features. It also shows the disposal points of major drains.
Flood Prone Areas
Areas located along the Nallahs and other drains are among the flood prone areas. Apart from these,
areas of Adamgarh, Baldoli, Khojanpur, Phephertal, and Meenakshi Chowk also face problems of
flooding during heavy rains.
53
Figure 12 Existing Drainage Pattern
54
Exhibit 6-16 summarizes the current status and Demand-Supply Gap analysis for Drainage network
provided by Hoshangabad Municipality. Exhibit 6-16also provides a snapshot of comparative analysis
of existing level of service with level of service desired under the Urban Development Plans
Formulation & Implementation (UDPFI) guidelines.
Exhibit 6-16: Drainage: Demand - Supply Gap Analysis
Indicator
Network % Road length

reach
covered with drains
Kutcha open (%)

Existing
Deman
(2009) Demand Gap
Gap
level
level
d
Service
head
Network Pucca open (%)

type
Pucca closed (%)
60
130
70
Km
56
30
33
Km
67
Km
Km
Total network length
80
24
64.08
40.08
130.10 130.10 181.32 51.22
80
194.18 114.18 270.63 76.45
Up-gradation of Kutcha open to Pucca

Open
Up-gradation of Kutcha open to Pucca
Augment closed
Up-gradation of Pucca open to Pucca
ation/
3
Improve closed
ments
New Pucca open drains
New Pucca closed drains
194.18 114.18 270.63 76.45
89.31
65.31
40.08
15.92
30.66
Km
24.00
91.21
Km
24.00
45.76
Km
90.18
Issues & Gaps

City is vulnerable to floods due to lack of drainage facilities.
Existing Drainage system needs a major revamping as it is totally dilapidated and has been
encroached at many places. It is evident from Exhibit 6-16all the existing Kutcha open drains has
to be up-graded to both Pucca Open and Closed Drains.
Efforts should be concentrated towards the development of a new properly planned drainage
system
As an immediate measure, all the natural drains should be periodically cleaned to prevent
flooding of the city during monsoon and other occasional rains. Clean and properly maintained
open drains would also contribute towards the beautification of Hoshangabad City.
Encroachments of the open drains are also major cause of concern and immediate attention
requires clearing them free flow of waste water.
Awareness programs have to be conducted to local citizens to avoid of dumping waste in the open
drains.
55
SWOT Analysis
Strengths
1. Presence of a strong network of natural
drains
2. Presence of a major water body to drain
out the flood water from the city
Weaknesses
1. Encroachments of natural drains
2. Mix of sewage and solid waste in the
drains
3. Low capacity of natural drains.
4. Lack of maintenance leading to clogging
of natural drains
Opportunities
1. Development of an integrated drainage
network to support the increasing
population of the city
2. Strengthening of natural drains to avoid
floods
Threats
1. Encroachments
and
improper
maintenance of drains resulting floods
every year
2. Mix of sewage and solid waste could
result in polluting Narmada River
Measures
Efforts should be concentrated towards the development of a new properly planned drainage
system
As an immediate measure, all the natural drains should be periodically cleaned to prevent flooding
of the city during monsoon and other occasional rains. Clean and properly maintained open
drains would also contribute towards the beautification of Hoshangabad City.
6.1.5 Traffic and Transportation

This section reviews the existing situation in terms of their current level of service, coverage and key
issues towards services provided by Hoshangabad municipality. Hoshangabad municipality is the
primary agency responsible for the construction of new roads within the municipal limits. Municipalitys
role with regard to road infrastructure in the city includes the construction and maintenance of all
roads in its jurisdiction, except the roads belonging to the Public Works Department (State Highway)
The construction of internal roads, in the case of a private colony development is the responsibility of
the developer. Municipality however verifies the adequacy of proposals in these areas, at the time of
sanction.
Existing Traffic and Transportation Scenario
The land use under the transportation is 59.08 ha, which is 9.11% of the total existing land-use. This
accounts for national & state highway, municipal roads, bus stand, railway station and over bridges.
Most of the roads in Hoshangabad have been developed in north-south direction.
The general street pattern is observed to be narrow with width varies from 6m to the major arterial
roads to 3m internal roads. Total road network of Hoshangabad municipality is 132.25 km which
includes nearly 16 km of state highway road and 9 km of National Highway.
56
The road density of the town is worked out to be 6.1 km per sq. km. Exhibit 6-17provides the details of
road network.
Exhibit 6-17 Details of Road Network
Area under Roads
Maintained by Local Body (Km)
a
Concrete
b
BT
c
WBM
d
Stone Slab
e
Gravel & Earthen
f
Others
Total
Roads Maintained by other Departments (Km)
a
PWD Roads
b
NH
c
State Highway
Total
Length
As on 31/3/09
34.4
24.26
14.05
% of Urban area
107.25
26%
18%
11%
0%
26%
0%
81%
9
16
25
0%
7%
12%
19%
34.54
Travel Characteristics
While the preferred mode of travel (motorized) in Hoshangabad is Two-Wheeler, the predominant
number of short trips undertaken in the city is understood to be pedestrian in nature. Further, the
estimated numbers stage carriers and contract carriers and limited numbers of seven-seaters that
form the semi-public transport system of the city, which ply the roads on a given day not even account
In the absence of organized public transport system, apart from stage carriers, auto rickshaws are the
other mode of travel. There are about 2000 auto rickshaws are serving in the city. Alternatively, the
numbers of two-wheelers plying on city roads is understood to constitute about 50 percent of the total
vehicles and four-wheelers about 10 percent.
Traffic Management and Circulation
The road network can be catagorised into arterial roads, sub-arterial and internal roads. The major
travel corridors of Hoshangbad are
Roads in north to south direction are
Harda (Mumbai) road to itarsi
Narmada Mandir Marg, Cinema Marg and etc., are the major toads in the City
Roads in the west to east direction are
Road from Hoshangabad to Bhopal
Nehru Road, Shastri marg and the M.G road in the City
Figure 13 shows the road network pattern of Hoshangabad.
57
Figure 13 Existing Road Network Pattern
Major District Roads

These roads connect principal market and business places of the District. The following roads fall in
this category
1.
2.
3.
4.
Hoshangabad Seoni Malwa-Timarni

Hoshangabad Itarsi Road
Hoshangabad Piparia Road
Piparia Pachmarhi Road
The major junctions of the town are Minakshi Chowk,

Sat Rasta, Private bustand Chow, Indira Chowk,
Ambedkar Chowk, Nehru Park Chowk, and Circuit
House Chowk. Internal roads of the city are very
narrow and causing severe constrains for vehicular and
pedestrian movement. Encroachments and irregular parking are another cause of concern for the
hapzard movement of traffic. As the floating population of the city is at high rate and major
destination is Narmada Ghats, the connectivity is very poor and narrow. One national highway and
two state highways are passing through heart of the city causing high traffic movement in the town.
Traffic signaling and syncronization of traffic is totally absence. There is no dedicated pathways or
cycyle tracks in the city. Herds of cows oftern interupt traffic flow.
58
Parking Requirements
It is very essential to have sufficient parking places in the city as the rate of floating population is high.
Organized on-street parking facilities lack in almost all locations in the city, primarily due to crunch of
space faced by municipality to provide such facilities. This again spells out the lacking integration
between land use and transportation planning. Lack of sufficient parking lots and organized on-street
parking facilities has resulted in haphazard and unorganized parking on most stretches of commercial
roads in the city.
Present un-organized parking places in the city found to be at Bus stand, Railway Station, Near State
Bank, Sabji Mandi, Sotani Ghat, Collectors office, Taluka office, Market, Nehru Park and Satrastha.
Public Transport/Mass Transit and Intermediate Public Transport
At present, Hoshangabad does not have any Public Transport or Mass Transit facility.
In addition to the private vehicles, the majority of people movement in city is supported by
Intermediate Public Transport vehicles such as Share-Autos and Private Autos. A small portion of
passenger movement is also supported by Non-motorized vehicles (Cycle-Rickshaws).
Other Facilities
Inter-City Bus Transport:
There are two bus-terminuses which are located at the
central part of the city one for the private buses and
another for Madhya Pradesh State Road Corporation
Limited. Both the bus stations are not sufficient enough
to tackle the growing traffic demand. There is hardly
any proper shelter is available for the passengers to
travel and need immediate attention to make city much
approachable to near-by villages to increase trade and
commerce in the City.
Railway Terminus:
As earlier mentioned Hoshangabad is one of the prime stations of Indian Central Railway. Railway
station is established in the heart of the city. Trains running towards Bhopal, Delhi, Nagpur, Khandwa,
Bhusaval, Mumbai and Jabalpur have stoppage at the station. Annually about 9 lakh passengers are
boarding from this station.
Taxi Stand:
There is a taxi stand located adjoining to the private bus station. Taxis are available throughout the
day to tourist who would like to visit near-by tourist places
like Pachmari. Taxis are also one of the major modes of
transport to Capital city Bhopal and near-by town Itarsi.
Though, taxi stand has sufficient number of vehicles, this is
not authorized by the local body and also one of the major
reason for traffic jams at the main road.
Figure 14shows the existing road network in Hoshangabad.
It depicts major roads and the arterial roads of the city.
Figure also shows railway station, the bus stops and major
congestion areas.
59
Figure 14 Transportation Road network, Bus stand and Railway station and Congestion points
60
Exhibit 6-18 summarizes the current status and Demand-Supply Gap analysis for Traffic and
Transportation provided by Hoshangabad Municipality. Exhibit 6-18 also provides a snapshot of
Exhibit 6-18 Traffic & Transportation: Demand - Supply Gap Analysis
By Year 2015
By Year 2035
Existing
level
level
Km
107.25 149.37 42.12 208.18 58.81

Service head
Indicator
Total municipal road length
Concrete (%)
1
Roads
BT (%)
Surface type WBM (%)
Earthen (%)
2 Up-gradation
32
30
Km
34.40
44.81
10.41
23
70
Km
24.26
104.56
80.30 145.72 38.16
13
Km
14.05
0.00
0.00
32
Km
34.54
0.00
0.00
62.45
17.64
BT to CC
Km
3.47
5.88
WBM to BT
Km
14.05
0.00
Earthen to BT
Km
34.54
0.00
CC
Km
6.94
11.76
BT
Km
35.18
47.05
3 New formation
Improvements Widening & Strengthening, utility
Km
4 to
identified shifting, beautification
major roads
Nos
ROBs/ Flyovers
5.36
10.93
Data used for the Gap Analysis have been collected from Hoshangabad municipality and the Census
of India, 2001.
Issues & Gaps
1) Problems of traffic congestion and inadequate parking facilities - Increase in the number
of vehicles and inadequate road networks are the major causes for traffic congestion.
Inadequate traffic management measures and inadequate parking facilities are major
problems of the town. The ongoing and planned transportation infrastructure improvements
need to be implemented on priority.
2) 26% of the internal roads are unpaved are vey invonvenient to vehicular passage and
are major reason for traffic congestions and require immediate attention to convert into CC
and BT roads.
3) With the demand estimation it is evident that another 11 Kms of CC road and 81 BT
roads has to be added to the present road network for free flow of traffic.
4) Encroachments along the roads - Presence of informal activities along the road margins
illegal encroachments of pedestrian areas and footpaths are the other causes for traffic
congestion in the town. There is considerable commercial activity on the main centre roads.
61
Many shops along these roads have encroached the road / footpath which creates congestion
in the centre of the town.
5) The eastern and western parts of the city are connected through a railway bridge, which also
functions as the sole channel of movement between the parts, apart from serving as a railway
station.
6) There is a concern towards safety about non-motorized traffic and pedestrians on the main
roads especially roads are linked to major schools and hospitals.
7) Both bus terminus found to be very poor in infrastructure facilities to tackle the passengers
SWOT Analysis
Strengths
Opportunities
1. Passage of National Highway and two

State Highways through heart of the city.
1. Could be a hub for various services with

better connectivity
2. Presence of Railway Station

passenger and goods transport
2. Development of alternate routes and bypass roads to avoid the movement of

heavy vehicles in the city.
for
3. Connectivity to State capital city and

other major cities through road and rail
3. Strict regulations over the polluting

vehicles to mitigate the health risk faced
by citizens.
4. Introduction of Public Transport by
corporation could be revenue generative
5. Development of Parking plots through
Public Private Partnership models
Weaknesses
Threats
1. Huge gap in the existing level of service.
1. Unregulated growth of encroachments
2. Excessive movement of heavy vehicles

in the main artery of the city
2. Accidents
3. Several incidences of encroachments

have reduced the effective width of city
roads
4. Severe traffic jams due to narrow roads
5. Lack of pathways and bicycle tracks
6. Lack of organized parking lots
3. Negative effect of annual flood on the

general health of roads
4. Degradation of surface of roads due to
heavy traffic movement beyond the
capacity
5. Growth of significant private transport
could end up with air pollution
6.1.6 Street Lighting, Fire Fighting and Power

Existing Situation of Street Lights
The City has a total of 6327 streetlights of which 93% is high power tube lights. The City has 41
streetlights per kilometre of road length with a spacing of 21 meters between lampposts, which
compares favourably with the prevailing norms being adopted in the state. Exhibit 6-19 below
provides details of provision of street lights.
62
Exhibit 6-19 Street Lighting

All Wards
Type
Nos
Tube lights
5895
93%
Sodium Vapor Lamps
340
Mercury Vapor Lamps
85
Type
Nos
0.11%
High Mast lamps

Total
Average distance between street lights
Spacing between streetlights as per norm
5%
1.00%
All Wards
6327
100
60.0m
30.0 m
Existing Situation of Fire Service

Presently, Hoshangabad Municipality has 2 Water Tankers of both 3000 litres capacity and a fire
tanker of 4500 litres capacity. Fire station is established near Nehru Park which is at the heart of the
city. Due to lack of this facility in nearby areas, Water Tenders are often sent to the areas which are
outside the jurisdiction of Hoshangabad municipality. Also, limited staff availability causes technical
problem in running the service efficiently. A parking place for the fire vehicle needs to be developed to
reduce the approach time to the affected site.
Existing Situation of Power Generation and Distribution
The responsibility of supply of electricity to Hoshangabad municipality lies with the Madhya Pradesh
State Electricity Board. Hoshangabad, at present, is suffering from an acute shortage of electricity
with duration of power cuts reaching up to 6 hrs during summer.
Exhibit 6-20 summarizes the current status and Demand-Supply Gap analysis for Street lighting
service provided by Hoshangabad Municipality. Exhibit 6-20 also provides a snapshot of comparative
analysis of existing level of service with level of service desired under the Urban Development Plans
Exhibit 6-20 Street Lighting: Demand - Supply Gap Analysis
Service
head

Indicator
Current Desired
level
level
Spacing between lamp

21
poles (mt)
Street
Tube lights (%)
93
lighting
Halogen lamps (%)
7
High mast lamps (%)
0.11
CFL
New
installati High power lamps
ons
High mast lamps
UG
Cabling

Existing
Unit
30
Km
6327
4979
6939
75
24.75
0.25
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
5895
425
7
3734
1232
12
0
807
5
5204
1717
17
Km
22
0
807
5
0
485
5
1470
485
5
150
210
63
Issues & Gaps

1) The spacing between the streetlights is 21m which is in the lines of the norm of 30m.
2) At present 93% of the street lighting system comprises of Tube lights and Hig power lamps. As
these bulbs consume lot of energy replacement with CFL would save energy are long losting.
3) It is evident from Exhibit 6.20 HNPP has to add atleast 1470 CFL and 5 High Mast Lamps.
Considering the required energy requirement, necessary energy management plan has to be
drawn by conducing energy audits.
SWOT Analysis
Strengths
Opportunities
1. Current level of service i.e. an average 1. Existing base can be utilized to provide a
spacing of 21 m between streetlights is
uniform coverage throughout the city.
better than that required under UDPFI 2. Halogen lamps and tube lights can be
guidelines
replaced by CFL to reduce the electricity
2.
consumption
3. New cable should be laid underground to
improve the skyline of the city
Weaknesses
Threats
1.
High percentage of halogen lamps and tube 1. Lack of maintenance can degrade the
lights resulting in the higher electricity
existing infrastructure
consumption
2. Illegal connections would result high
2. Significant local concentration of street lights
percentage of power bills to the municipality.
3. Lack of vigilance resulting illegal domestic
and commercial connections from street
lights
6.2 Social Infrastructure

The social infrastructure has been classified into Health, Education and Recreational infrastructure.
The geographical locations of various components of Social Infrastructure are shown in Figure 15.
The facilities shown in figure include schools, colleges, administrative office, railway station, bus
stand/terminal, police station, hospital, religious buildings, military ground.
6.2.1 Health Infrastructure

Exhibit 6-21provides the details of medical institutions in Hoshangabad Municipality area. Presently,
citys medical institutions provide services to around 500 Outdoor Patients per day. There is a TB
hospital linked to government hospital and one Sick New Born Care Unit is under construction.
Exhibit 6-21 Health Infrastructure
Health Centres
No.
No. of Doctors
No. of Beds
Hospitals
Maternity Centres
Homeopathic
Others- Ayurvedic Hosp (Govt)
67
2
1
1
50
4
2
1
708
20
-
64
Figure 15 Social infrastructure including Health, Education and other Social Amenities
65

Exhibit 6-22 summarizes the current status and Demand-Supply Gap analysis for Health
Infrastructure in Hoshangabad city. Exhibit 6-22 also provides a snapshot of comparative analysis of
existing level of service with level of service desired under the Urban Development Plans Formulation
& Implementation (UDPFI) guidelines.
Exhibit 6-22 Health: Demand - Supply Gap Analysis
Service Head
Health
Infrastructure
Particular
General Hospital
Nursing Home
Dispensary

Unit
Existing
(2010)
No. of Beds
No. of Beds
No. of facilities
180
20
5
By Year 2015
Demand
Gap
280
30
9
100
10
4
By Year 2035
Demand Gap
430
50
15
150
20
6
Issues
1. Existing level of service in the health infrastructure demands a major revamping as these fall
among factors which would guide future development of the region.
2. A continuous flow of funds needs to be ensured for development of new infrastructure and upgradation of existing infrastructure.
3. Government Hospital which receives maximum number of patients from Hoshangabad and
nearby areas suffers from lack of infrastructure and poor maintenance of buildings and other
assets.
4. Utilization of existing facilities at Government Hospital is severely constrained due to long power
cuts. Hospital also lacks provisions of alternate power.
SWOT Analysis
Strengths
1. Decent existing base of primary health and (in
terms of numbers)
2. Substantial awareness for the improvement
3. Vicinity to major cities for the specialized
treatments
Weaknesses
1. Lower Bed capacity of town than required
2. Quality of physical infrastructure of this sector
demands major revamping
3. Absence of alternate power supply in the
existing health facilities
Opportunities
1. Meeting of Gaps can develop Hoshangabad as
an health care hub for the region
2. Development of new health facilities supported
by an up-gradation/improvement of existing
health facilities will help in an overall
development of the region.
Threats
1. Lack of funds can derail the much needed upgradation and addition of capacity to the
existing fleet.
2. Lack of maintenance can degrade the existing
infrastructure.
3. Frequent power cuts hinder a continuous
supply of services.
66
6.2.2 Education
Presently, there are only 4 primary schools maintained by Hoshangabad Municipality. Rest all the
schools are either private or run by Department of Education (School and Higher Education),
Government of Madhya Pradesh. Exhibit 6-23 provides the details of schools and educational
institutions within Hoshangabad Municipality.
Exhibit 6-23 Educational institutions in Hoshangabad Municipality
Education Centers
1
2
3
4
5
ULB
maintained
Professional college
Graduation Level
High Schools
Middle Schools
Primary & Nursery schools
Govt.
2
4
11
28
14
Private
Total
1
1
15
6
6
1
3
19
17
48
Details of Literary Indicators are provided in Exhibit 4-1

Exhibit 6-24 summarizes the current status and Demand-Supply Gap analysis for Water supply
service provided by Hoshangabad Municipality. Exhibit 6-24 also provides a snapshot of comparative
analysis of existing level of service with level of service desired under the Urban Development Plans
Exhibit 6-24 Education: Demand - Supply Gap Analysis
Service Head
Education
Infrastructure
Particular
Primary
Secondary
Integrated (I-XII)
School without
Hostel Facilities
College
Students per
Institution

Unit
Existing
(2010)
By Year 2015
Demand Gap
By Year 2035
Demand Gap
500
1000
1000
No.
No.
No.
48
15
-
56
19
-
8
4
1
91
30
2
35
11
1
1000
No.
Gap Analysis, as shown in Exhibit 6-24 suggests that Hoshangabad city faces significant crunch of
primary schools and would need a major capacity addition in long term. The situation in the areas of
Sr. Secondary schools and Colleges is somewhat better and would need only a bit of capacity
addition in longer term. Apart from these, Hoshangabad city also needs an Integrated (I-XII) schools.
Issues
1.
Existing level of service in the education infrastructure demands a major revamping as these fall
under those factors which would guide future development of the region.
2.
A continuous flow of funds needs to be ensured for development of new infrastructure and upgradation of existing infrastructure.
3.
Most of the schools of Hoshangabad city lack necessary infrastructure and hence, initiatives
should be taken in equipping existing educational institutions with necessary infrastructure.
67
4.
Lack of regulations on private schools leads to exploitation of students and their families.
5.
Citys educational institutions are running at over-capacity and an immediate attention needs to
be paid to the proper planning and development of new schools.
SWOT Analysis
Strengths
1. Commendable existing base of primary
health and education facilities (in terms of
numbers).
2. Substantial awareness for the improvement
of these facilities.
Weaknesses
1. Lack of boundaries to the schools
2. Lack of integrated schools
3. Lack of Intermediate hospitals and PolyClinics
4. Quality of physical infrastructure of this
sector demands major revamping
Opportunities
1. Meeting of Gaps can develop Hoshangabad
as an educational and health care hub for
the region
2. Development of new health facilities
supported by an up-gradation/improvement
of existing health facilities will help in an
overall development of the region.
Threats
1. Lack of funds can derail the much needed
up-gradation and addition of capacity to the
existing fleet.
2. Lack of maintenance can degrade the
existing infrastructure.
3. Frequent power cuts hinder a continuous
supply of services.
4. Lack of boundaries to the schools could
result of encroachments
5. Poor connectivity to the schools could result
of accidents.
6.2.3 Other Social Infrastructure Recreational

Existing Status
In addition to Education and Health infrastructure, there are several other socio-cultural facilities
which form an indispensable part of Social Infrastructure of a city. Some of these socio-cultural
facilities are community halls, parks, swimming pools, Library, Recreational club, Entertainment
centers, Meditation centers, etc.
Issues
a.
b.
c.
d.
Limited availability of community halls

Lack of sufficient parks or green spaces
Lack of maintenance of the Libraries
Use of Sports stadium for non-sport use.
68
SWOT Analysis
Initiatives
facilities
Strengths
towards developing
socio-cultural
Weaknesses
Quality of physical infrastructure of this sector
demands major revamping
Opportunities
Development of new facilities supported by an
up-gradation/improvement of existing facilities will
help in an overall development of the region.
Threats
Lack of funds can derail the much needed upgradation and addition of capacity to the existing
fleet.
Lack of maintenance can degrade the existing
infrastructure.
6.2.4 Social Security Schemes

These schemes are initiated either by GoI or GoMP or ULB for the social and economical betterment
of poor population. The schemes initiated by GoI or GoMP can be routed through any of its
departments. Very often, ULBs are chosen for the disbursement of allocated money to the urban
poor. Some of the important currently functional social security schemes are mentioned below:
1.
Swarnjayanti Shahri Rojgaar Yojna

The Swarna Jayanthi Shahari Rozgar Yojana (SJSRY) was initiated by GoI in the year 1997 to
provide gainful employment to the urban unemployed or underemployed poor through
encouraging the setting up of self-employment ventures or provision of wage employment. The
Swarna Jayanti Shahari Rozgar Yojana is funded by the Centre and the State on 75:25 bases.
2.
Madhyanh Bhojan Karykram

The Madhyanh Bhojan Karykram involves provision for free lunch to school-children on all
working days. The key objectives of the programme are: protecting children from classroom
hunger, increasing school enrolment and attendance, improved socialisation among children
belonging to all castes, addressing malnutrition, and social empowerment through provision of
employment to women.
3.
Hath Thela evam Rickshaw Chalak Kalyan Yojna

The scheme was initiated in year 2009 for the betterment of Rickshaw pullers in the cities. The
scheme involves provision of Rickshaws to poor, healthcare to their families and social security.
As the scheme was initiated in year 2009, details pertaining to the amount of grant received are
not available
4.
Shahri Gharelu Kaamkaji Mahila Kalyan Yojna

The scheme was initiated in year 2009 for the betterment of Rickshaw pullers in the cities. The
scheme involves provision of Rickshaws to poor, healthcare to their families and social security.
As the scheme was initiated in year 2009, details pertaining to the amount of grant received are
not available
5.
Samajik Suraksha, Vradhavastha Pension evam Parivar Sahyata

The objective of this scheme is to provide social security to BPL population and pension to
elders.
69
6.3 Local Economy

Existing Status
Hoshangabads economy largely depends on agriculture. The land is quite fertile here and farmers
have plenty of water available throughout the year in form of river Narmada and adequate monsoons.
Farmers employ rotation of crops and their major income depends on Soyabeen and Wheat. The city
has traditional way of living with many engaged in occupations just enough for sustaining life.
Hoshangabad town is mostly inhibited by middle class families with a mixed economy. Due to this,
villagers from near-by villages come to Hoshangabad with their essential commodities like foodgrains, rice, pulses, vegetables, domestic products etc to sell them in Hoshangabad. Other than
these, the main business deals in the delivering of sand and tiles which come from river Narmada.
It is a religious place because of holy river Narmada being present there. Thousands of pilgrims visit
this place for sacred bath on the occasion of Makrasankranti, Mahasivaratri and all Amavasyas.
Sethani ghat is the most popular ghat for sacred bath. Every year mela is organized in the winter
season on the occasion of Narmada Jayanti.Thousands of pilgrims attend this. Mela is also held in
town on the samadhi of Ramji Baba with an exhibition and it continues for a month wherein there is a
large turn up in the town. This floating population contributes to the economy of the city at large.
Issues
1. Over-dependence on agriculture
2. Failure to tap opportunities to rejuvenate the local economy
3. Underdeveloped markets
4. Immature industrial base
5. Underdeveloped facilities for Pilgrims
SWOT
Strengths
1. Located in a productive agricultural belt
2. Enjoys a status of being an important trading
centre for agricultural products
3. Good connectivity with Rail and Roads
4. Vicinity to a water source
1.
2.
3.
4.
Weaknesses
Under-developed markets
Lack of a sound industrial base
No internal tourism potential
Underdeveloped infrastructure for Pilgrims
Opportunities
1. Development of markets with state-of-art
infrastructure can boost the economy
2. Potential for harnessing religious tourism
3. Improvements in logistical infrastructure
4. Development of a Small and Medium Scale
Industrial park
Threats
1. Development of alternate markets in the region
2. Failure to act can lead to the stagnation of the
economy
3. Failure to develop transportation infrastructure
4. Failure to provide sound infrastructure to the
citizens can lead to the migration
6.4 Environment and Heritage & Tourism

6.4.1 Environment
Existing Status
A citys environment is dependent on several factors which impact air quality, water quality, land
quality, noise levels, etc. Each of these aspects gets affected by individual factors or a combination of
two or more factors. Some of these factors are: Shortcomings in Solid Waste Collection, Under-
70
developed Storm Water Drainage system, Undeveloped Waste water disposal system, Dust and
particulate matters from vehicular traffic and industries, etc.
Municipalitys inability to collect 100% generated waste leads to scattering of waste which ultimately
find its way to drains, open lands and other sources of water. This leads to the pollution of land by
improper disposal of harmful waste, ground water pollution by leachate and surface water pollution by
mixing of waste with water. In addition to these, solid waste clogging the drains leads to stagnation of
water which ultimately leads to the unhygienic milieu.
Under-developed drainage network and undeveloped waste water conveyance system leads to the
stagnation of storm water and waste water in various parts of the city leading to unhygienic conditions
which poses severe threat to the health of the citizens.
Heavy vehicular traffic on roads is a constant source of dust and other particulate matters which
pollutes citys urban space and causes various kinds of respiratory problems to the citizens.
The major cause of water pollution in Hoshangabad is the discharge of untreated waste water in the
River Narmada. In the absence of specific studies/ monitoring of waste water, no specific conclusions
could be arrived at.
Pollution Levels
It was revealed from the consultations with the officials of Regional office of Pollution Control Board
(PCB) that the major air pollutant in Hoshangabad city is Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM).
3
Sometimes it also exceeds the prescribed limit of 200 micrograms/m for the residential areas. The
concentration of SO2 was found to be in the limits prescribed for the residential areas.
City Green Spaces
The city has few dedicated Green Spaces. Tree Plantation could be found along the roads, Railway
lines, River and in some of the open spaces. The Green Spaces constitute around 4% of the
Municipal area.
Existing Environmental Regulation
Various aspects of regulating the environment are covered under various Legislations. Most important
of these are provided below:
Policies
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
The National Forest Policy, 1988

The National Water Policy, 1990
Indian National Policy Statement for Abatement of Pollution, 1992
National Conservation Strategy and Statement on Environment
and Development, 1992
Madhya Pradesh Industrial Policy and Action Plan, 1994
Madhya Pradesh Housing Policy, 1995
Madhya Pradesh Mineral Policy, 1995
Madhya Pradesh Tourism Policy, 1995
Madhya Pradesh Rehabilitation Policy (Guiding Principles of
State Policy for Equitable and Sustainable Development), 1996.
Legal
a. The Indian Forest Act, 1927
b. The Motor Vehicles Act, 1939, amended in 1988
71
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
Factories Act, 1948, amended in 1987

The M P Public Health Act, 1949
The M P Control of Music & Noise Act, 1951
The M P Municipal Corporation Act 1956; The Municipalities Act, 1961;
and the M P
Nagar Palik Vidhi (Sansodhan) Adhiniyam, 1995
Mines and Minerals (Regulation and Development) Act 1957, amended in 1986
The Wild-life (Protection)Act, 1972, amended in 1983, 1986 and 1991
The M P Nagar Tatha Gram Nivesh Adhiniyam, 1973 amended in 1994
The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, amended in 1988
The M P Slum Area (Improvement & Clearance) Act, 1976
The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, 1977, amended in 1991
The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980, amended in 1988
The Air (Conservation) Act, 1980, amended in 1988
The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, amended in 1987
The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986
The Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991, amended in 1992
National Environmental Tribunal Act, 1995.
Issues
1. Disposal of untreated waste water in the River Narmada
2. Leakages in Solid Waste Collection System leading to water and land pollution.
3. Clogging of drains and poor waste water handling system leading to threatening
environmental situation
4. Impact of vehicular traffic on air quality of the city
5. Lack of adequate green cover in the city.
SWOT Analysis
Strengths
1. Awareness among the citizens towards the
need of better environment.
2. Presence of River Narmada in the city limits
Weaknesses
1. Shortage of land to develop for green areas
and other environment improvement works.
2. Inability to keep checks on untreated waste
water
Opportunities
1. Development of infrastructure related to the
handling of solid waste, waste water and storm
water can improve the citys environment
2. Conservation of Ground water
Threats
1. Failure to integrate the issue of urban
environment with infrastructure development
projects.
2. River pollution can cause an irreparable
damage to the environment.
6.4.2 Heritage and Tourism
Existing Status
Hoshangabad has great tourism potential as it boasts substantial tourism in and around the city.
Sethani Ghat, Old age rock paintings at Adamgarh Hills, Salkanpur Goddess temple and Hushang
Fort are among the most prominent one.
The annual Holy Fair at Bandhrabhan, which is meeting point of two main rivers, Narmada and Tawa,
is of significant importance which attracts huge number of tourists and adds to the economy of the
city.
72
Issues
1. Inadequacy of arrangements to handle the tourist inflow at peak periods.

2. Lack of proper maintenance of heritage sites.
3. Absence of any strong formal bodies to conserve these heritage places.
4. Insufficient promotional activities which lead to the lack of awareness among citizens and
tourists.
5. Failure to effectively tap the ancillary tourism potential of Adamgarh Cave and Sethani Ghat
SWOT
Strengths
1. Presence of a diverse heritage & tourism base
i.e. Rock Paintings, Temples, Fort, etc.
2. Boasts River Narmada and various Ghats
which attract huge number of religious tourists.
3. Good connectivity with other parts of the
region.
Weaknesses
1. Lack of proper maintenance of heritage and
tourism sites.
2. Neglect faced by this area leading to
underdeveloped infrastructure
Opportunities
1. Ancillary tourism to Sethani Ghat and
Adamgarh Caves
2. Better Lodging facilities supported by the
development of recreational infrastructure
3. River Front Development
4. Development as a Tourism Hub
Threats
1. Insufficient measures to conserve heritage
may lead to the eventual degradation.
2. This area may lose focus as the immediate
needs of citizens are related to the basic
infrastructure facilities.
6.5 Urban Poor and their Accessibility to Basic Services

Poverty in the Town
Discussions with stakeholders revealed that the
poverty levels are of varying nature and are
coexistent in the city. Absolute poverty as per the
general definition, i.e. not enough to eat, is not
prevalent in the city, except amongst a small section
of people living in the slums; these people lack even
housing and other amenities and can be categorized
as the urban poor.
For the majority of the poor in the city, the only
concern is security of land tenure, quality of housing,
and access to basic infrastructure. If other
parameters of urban poverty like housing, access to
better sanitation facilities and capability to function in
society are considered, and then almost all slum
dwellers can be categorized as the urban poor.
Defining and Measuring Poverty

The simplest definition of poverty is the lack of
specific consumptions (i.e., not enough to
eat). A broader definition is the lack of
command over commodities exercised by a
population. Access to basic services,
especially adequate and safe water, health
and sanitation, and education are now
increasingly being recognized as an important
indicator of poverty.
Standard and widely accepted representations
of poverty are - the Head Count Index (HCI)
signifies the percentage of people below
poverty line; Poverty Gap (PG) measures the
depth of poverty (in statistical terms, this
stands for the mean distance below the
poverty line as percent of the poverty line).
Based upon the total BPL card distributed, a total of nearly 2613 persons in Hoshangabad have been
identified as those living below Poverty Line (as per the HNP).
It can be analyzed that a considerable population in the Hoshangabad Town is below poverty line. It is
now widely understood that poverty is experienced through a variety of dimensions of which low
income is only one. Further that within the poor there are important differences in depths of poverty,
the ability of poor households to graduate from poverty and the relative vulnerability of different
73
groups to withstand risks to livelihood such as unemployment, sickness and eviction.

Slums in the Town
Hoshangabad municipality has a significant presence of slums in its limits. By Madhya Pradesh Slum
areas act 1976, 11 wards out of 33 wards are announced as slum wards. A recent survey of slums in
Hoshangabad Municipality results 15 slums of which some slums now need to be de-notified(since
they possess the requisite basic services) while new slums that have mushroomed need to be
notified.
Provisional results from the 2005 (HNP Surveys) indicate that Hoshangabad had a slum population of
48,111 or 49.38% of the total population. This is more than double than the State average of 15.16%.
Here it should be mentioned that actual slum estimates in a City depends much on how Municipalities
have defined and notified informal settlements within their areas.
Exhibit 6-25 shows the details of Ward-wise slum population. Typical Slums of Hoshangabad are
shown in pictures below.
Exhibit 6-25 Details of Slums and Slum Population

Ward No
Ward Name
Population
Slum Pocket
Slum Household
Ramganj Ward
2409
Lendiaya Bazar
236
Azad Ward
2163
Bajrang Chouraha area
262
15
Malakhedi (N) Ward
3494
Pasi Mohalla
16
Malakhedi (S) Ward
3830
Chakkar Road
806
20
Adamgad Ward
3326
Sardar Mohallah
160
21
Phephartal ward
3957
Talab Area
326
24
Rasuliya
2702
Bangali Colony
216
25
Rajendra Ward
4631
Kanchan Nagar
715
26
Rewaganj Ward
3144
Kori Mohallah
295
27
Bhilpura ward
2129
Bhilat Baba
215
29
Gokulpuri Ward
3378
Sanjay Nagar
870
30
Gwaltoli Ward
2603
Kali Mandir Area
390
31
Govindpura Ward
2667
Harijan Colony
398
32
Gandhi Ward
3807
Cabin Chouraha
489
33
Tagore ward
3871
Harda Road area
527
Total
48111
6847
74
Housing Demand in Slums

Based on the Consultations and review of relevant reports/best practices, it has been assumed that
70% of the Slum houses need major renovation work. Hence, a Housing demand has been estimated
considering the above assumption.
Exhibit: Housing Demand in Slums
Year
Slum Households
Housing Shortage
2005
6857
4800
2009
7848
5494
2011
8063
5644
Urban Basic Services in Slums

Services provided in the slums are similar to that provided by Municipality in other areas. These
include street sweeping, solid waste collection, drinking water, roads, street lighting, fire services, etc.
But provision of these services is restricted due to unregulated growth of settlements and population.
A general overview
The distribution pattern of the slums in Hoshangabad characteristically consists of small patches of
poor mud huts, to mutilated kerosene, oil and biscuits and it was found that slums mushroom in low
ill-drained areas, pits, drainage line, level-crossings, cross roads, industrial areas, wasteland, scrub
land and nala or tunnels in contrast with the surrounding finer residences of the wealthy people.
For the assessment of service accessibility by the urban poor, slum settlements have been
considered as appropriate representation of the urban poor. The M.P. Ghandi Basti Kshetra Sudhar
tatha Nirmulan) Act, 1976 (M.P. slum Area-Improvement &. Research Act) defines slums in a similar
fashion, taking housing conditions and access to services as the basic criteria for defining an area as
slum.
A survey of slums conducted recently by HNP In identified 15 slums(pockets), of which some slums
now need to be de-notified (since they possess the requisite basic services) while new slums that
have mushroomed, need to be notified.
Provisional results from the 2005 (HNP surveys) indicate that Hoshangabad had a slum population of
48111 or 49.38% of the total population. This is more than double than the State average of 15.16%.
Here it should be mentioned that actual slum estimates in a town depends much, on how
Municipalities have defined and notified informal settlements within their areas.
The table below shows the Slum population scenario and selected slum wards under the project:
Selected wards (slum pockets of all the notified slum wards have been selected under the scheme)
Ward No.
Name of Ward
Population of slum pocket
Ramganj ward
Azad ward
262
15
Malakhedi (N) ward
942
16
Malakhedi (S) ward
806
20
Adamgad ward
160
21
Phephartal ward
326
75
Ward No.
Name of Ward
Population of slum pocket
24
Rasuliya ward
216
25
Rajendra ward
715
26
Rewaganj ward
295
27
Bhilpura ward
215
29
Gokulpuri ward
870
30
Gwaltoli ward
390
31
Govindpura ward
398
32
Gandhi ward
489
33
Tagore ward
527
In recent years, the Government has made efforts to reduce poverty, mainly through self-employment
initiatives, public works, food subsidies and nutrition programs, and increased spending for basic
education and primary health care. Programs addressing income poverty have been developed that
seek to create individual assets for the urban poor by financing fixed or working capital, providing
training, and generating wage employment. However, these programs often suffer from poor targeting
and leakage of resources, and in many cases have proved inefficient and Ineffective in addressing the
needs of the poor.
76
Figure 16Slum Wards and Slum Pockets
77
Description of the Slums under the project

After the assessment studies of the selected slums, it was observed that most of the slum
concentrations are around the water bodies and wells and mainly they have occupied those wards,
which are away from the core. Some of the Slum pockets have also developed at sites where the
main water supply line is illegality tapped and in the areas of least access.
Physically there are a large number of slums and slum population in Hoshangabad, some of which
are as yet, unidentified squatters without any legal standing orsecure tenure, render into miserable
and unhealthy living conditions, which is affecting the slum dwellers' economic productivity and
cumulatively, that of the town as a whole. The absence of water supply, roads, disposal of human
waste and garbage collection may be identified as the four most important factors that endanger the
health and well-being of people living in slums. Provision of these basic urban services has
traditionally been a municipal function. Hence, in this context, it is important to examine
characteristics of slums and slum population in Hoshangabad, and most importantly, the level of
access to basic services and how best Municipal Authority can deliver quality services to its urban
poor, effectively and efficiently.
The assessment of physical conditions of the selected slums gave the typical slum survey results. It
was found that these settlements suffer with regard to:
Infrastructure roads, sewer; and electrical lines cannot keep pace with the rapid growth of the
slums
Human waste and solid waste disposal systems are most often lacking.
Water pollution, water shortage and pollution of surface and ground water contributes to the ill
health of the community.
Property battles have left most slum, dwellers without rights; very few improvements are made to
the land because it can be taken away at any time
Very few have access to health care and education. Most of the existing houses are Kuccha hut;
tin shed building and very shabby structures.
There is absence of development works like roads, sewer, water line and proper sanitation in the
above slum areas.
There are no community facilities, community hall, nursery school, playground etc.
Average built up area of a unit slum us approx. 20 40 sq m.
Occupational Structure
Most of the people work as agricultural laborers in nearby areas, and are self-employed in trade
activities of vegetable, fruits, and flower vendors, cycle -rickshaw pullers etc. The slum venders are
also involved in pilgrim tourist activities.
Household Size
The average household size in slums in Hoshangabad is 5.7 versus 5.53for the town as a whole
Household income
On an average, slum households have a monthly income of Rs 2000 per month, the range being
Rs.800 to Rs.3000.
Health
Health related obligatory functions of the Nagar Palika are restricted and health related activities are
insufficient. As the town has adequate medical facilities, it is also sufficient to cater to the selected
slum areas. The town has 4 nursing homes, 6 private hospitals and 2 govt hospitals which are
78
sufficient to cater to the slum areas too. Therefore no convergence of health facilities has been
proposed.
Education/ School
In most of the slums in the city, children have access to primary schools and middle school. Literacy
levels, especially female literacy in all, are extremely low. Most slum households send their children to
government schools. The education is not proposed as there are 26 primary; schools, 17 middle
schools, 2 high schools and 15 higher Secondary schools in the town which are adequate for the town
and which eventually cater to the slum pocket also.
WATER SUPPLY
Town level
The major source of water supply in the town is through Bore wells. Total storage capacity in the town
is 4.116 MLD and the total water supplied in the town is 4.116 MLD and the total water supplied in the
town is 4.114 MLD. Water supplied at the rate of 70 lpcd.
Slum level
It was found that the majority of the slums residents acquire their water either from an enhanced
source, such as a well or bore well, or from the municipal piped supply system.
SEWERAGE AND SANITATION
The main type of sanitation in the selected slum areas is the pit latrine. A few houses have water
closets with septic tanks, which has been a factor in ground water contamination. Many plots are of
small sizes on black cotton soils, this makes it difficult to construct pit latrines and residents in these
areas resort to alternative waste disposal methods including use of open spaces.
In the existing scenario, underground and protected sewerage is not adequate in the town as well as
in the slums. Sewage, sullage and storm water flows in open kuchha drains, which cause serious
health and safety risks.
ROADS
All the roads in the selected slums are narrow tracks eroded by runoff water, with homes constructed
close to the road or road reserves. These roads lack drainage which compounds the erosion problem.
Runoff water from the Ring Road has also increased erosion of the area's narrow roads. Only few
slums have reasonably good access roads on the periphery, largely asphalt. In the internal areas of
the slums there are largely stone paved and kuccha roads.
STREET LIGHTING
Street lighting is available in one of the slum areas. From the social security point of view and looking
at the overall development there is a need of Street lights in the different sub pockets.
SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
The overall solid waste management scenario in the town is satisfactory with 70% waste collection
coverage. The total quantity of solid waste generated in the town per day is 12-14 tons.
SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE
Social facilities such as schools (27 primary schools, 67 Aanganwadis), markets are quite adequate in
the town which eventually caters the slum pockets also. Town has 5 community parks. However it has
been observed that there is an urgent need of multipurpose halls in the identified slum pockets which
can be used for different purposes from time to time as required.
79
SWOT Analysis and Comparative Analysis with UDPFI guidelines

In the slums, the level of service for various services is similar to that in the rest of the city. SWOT
analysis of services in the slums would be similar to the individual SWOT analysis carried out under
the sections various sections of Chapter 6.
Issues and Gaps
Growth of Slums
It has been observed that total number of authorized slums have been increased from 11 to 15 in the
last decade. With authorized slum pockets there are un-authorized slums spread all over the city on
the vacant lands and along the river bank. Haphazard growth of the city and high rate of migration
has resulted in increase in number of slum holders.
Concentration of slums along sensitive locations
The majority of the slums in the town have taken refuge on the easily available locations close to
major road corridors. This dense concentration of slum dwellers along such environmentally and
developmentally sensitive locations has only resulted in the degradation to basic services, causing
unhygienic living conditions.
Lack of awareness on slum development programs
There is a general paucity of awareness of the various slum development schemes and programs
announced from time to time by the central and state governments. This leads to long delays in the
implementation of the programmes and overall dissatisfying results, apart from the factor of the
benefits of the programs not reaching the intended beneficiaries.
6.6 Urban Governance and Institutional Framework

Urban management in India is facing new challenges in the form of large concentrations of population
in urban areas, opening of the economy and the resultant demand for quality services, growing
number of urban poor, inadequate financial resources and complexities of urban situations. As a
result, urban management has not remained an exclusive responsibility of the ULBs. There are other
organizations that are responsible for urban management like urban development authorities, special
purpose boards and corporations, and the State Government department controlling the affairs of
urban development. As a result of these agencies and the definite roles assigned to them in overall
urban management, the ULB is required to closely work with and share the responsibility of urban
management with them.
This section provides an introduction to the Government departments (State and Central) which play
a key role in the urban governance by providing various urban services to the citizens and their
coordination issues which hinders the efficient service delivery to the end user. The agencies involved
in urban management and development in Madhya Pradesh (and in Hoshangabad) are:
Municipality (of Hoshangabad);
Urban Administration and Development Department (UADD);
Town and Country Planning Department (TCPD);
Madhya Pradesh Housing Board (MPHB);
Department of School Education and Department of Higher Education;
Department of Public Health and Family Welfare(PHFW);
80
Ministry of Railways, GoI;

Madhya Pradesh State Electricity Board (MPSEB);
Madhya Pradesh Pollution Control Board (MPPCB)
6.6.1 Urban Governance - Organizations

Municipality (of Hoshangabad)
Hoshangabad Municipality is the main governing body which operates within the municipal limits of
Hoshangabad city. The municipality is responsible for the provision of basic infrastructure services to
the citizens. This includes development and operation & maintenance of infrastructure like Water
Supply, Solid Waste Management, Transportation, etc. Most of the municipalitys responsibilities and
duties are governed by MP Municipalities Act. Apart from the provision of basic services, under its
purview, to the citizens, Municipality also coordinates with other departments such as UADD, TCPD,
MPHB, Dept of School Education, Dept of Health Education, Railways, MPSEB, MPPCB, etc.
Municipalitys responsibilities include coordination with other departments in formulating their plans for
municipal area and assist them in the implementation of their plans and schemes. Hoshangabad
Municipality translates its responsibilities into service delivery by means of various sub departments
such as General Administration, Water Supply, Sanitation, Solid Waste Management, Street Lighting,
Fire Fighting, Roads, Drainage, Revenue, Taxation, etc.
The Municipality is headed by a Chief Municipal Officer, who is appointed by UADD and is entrusted
with the responsibility of all municipal affairs.
Urban Administration and Development Department, GoMP
The Urban Administration and Development Department (UADD) of the Government of Madhya
Pradesh is an administrative department that controls the organizations related to urban development,
including municipal corporations, councils and nagar panchayats. This department is also responsible
for implementing the schemes related to urban poverty alleviation.
The UADD is responsible for implementation of the following Acts in the state:
Madhya Pradesh Municipal Corporation Act, 1956;
Madhya Pradesh Municipal Council Act, 1961;
Cruelty to Animals Act, 1971 (provisions applicable to urban areas);
Vidisha (Bhelsa) Ramlila Act, 1956;
Simhastha Mela Act;
Slaughter of Animals Act (provisions applicable to urban areas);
Madhya Pradesh Slum Area (Development and Irradiation) Act, 1976; and
Madhya Pradesh Cycle Rickshaw (Regulation of License) Act, 1984.
The UADD is also responsible for implementation of various public welfare schemes sponsored by the
Central and State Governments. Some such schemes include Conversion of Dry Latrine Program,
Swarna Jayanti Urban Employment Scheme, National Slum Development Program, Social Security
Group Insurance Scheme, Janashri Insurance Scheme etc. These schemes are implemented through
the District Urban Development Agency.
Being the parent organization of ULBs, UADD monitors the functioning of all ULBs in the state.
81
Town and Country Planning Department

The activities of Town and Country Planning Department (TCPD) are guided by the provisions of the
Madhya Pradesh Nagar Tatha Nivesh Niyam, 1973 (the Rules). The Rules provide for the
appointment of a Director to head this department. There are other officers like Additional Director,
Joint Director, Deputy Director and Assistant Director of TCPD to assist him.
The State Government, as per provisions of the Rules declares a region including major urban areas
and its surrounding settlements as a planning area, and orders the preparation of a development plan
for the region. The Director of the TCPD, with the assistance of the administrative setup provided to
him, carries out the following activities:
Survey of the entire region;
Preparation of existing land-use map; and
Preparation of a regional development plan.
Madhya Pradesh Housing Board
Madhya Pradesh Housing Board (MPHB) falls under the administrative and functional control of the
Housing and Environment Department of GoMP. The operations of the Board are governed by the
provisions of the Madhya Pradesh Housing Board Act, 1972, and rules formulated therein, amended
from time to time.
The key functions of MPHB, as per its governing Act and rules include:
To acquire land from the Government, private parties and/or other departments for
construction of properties;
To design, plan, construct, supervise and sell residential flats and commercial complexes;
To undertake deposit works for Government departments like Education,
Welfare, Tribal Welfare Departments, etc. for construction of schools, hostels, etc.; and
To undertake repair and reconstruction work of old structures.
Department of School Education and Department of Higher Education, GoMP
The primary responsibility of providing education lies with State Government. The responsibility has
been divided into Department of School Education and Department of Higher Education. These
departments are entrusted with different responsibilities which collectively attempt to achieve the goal
of 100% literacy.
The responsibilities of Department of School Education are:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Education from pre- primary to higher secondary school. ( in Non Trible areas only)
Arrangement of Non formal Education.
Grant -in-Aid to Private schools.
Arrangement for the training of teachers.
To improve quality in teaching and teacher training
Innovation in education and researches.
To arrange facilities of physical education and sports.
Prescription of syllabus in school classes.
Arrangement of printing and distribution of text books.
To conduct Examinations
Removal of illiteracy in age group 15-35
82
12. To arrange the facilities of post literacy and continuing education

13. Education of handicapped children.
14. Education for all.
The responsibilities of Department of Higher Education are:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Provision of infrastructure in the colleges.

Expansion and development in the regions of tribal plan and such other special constituents
of the plan.
To encourage research work and academic activities in the educational institutions.
To promote higher education for maximum number of students in far flung areas with the help
of Open Universities.
To launch vocational subjects/courses in place of traditional subjects/courses.
Expansion of sports and cultural activities in colleges and universities so that the talent can be
identified at the state and national level.
To promote the concept of autonomous colleges.
To encourage the public participation (Janbhagidari) in the governance of the colleges.
Appropriate measures to be taken in the financial and administrative set ups in the granted
non-government colleges and award of no objection certificates to university affiliation and
such other Govt. bound functions.
Activities of National Service Scheme, so that the students may be made aware and
responsive to the social realities.
Implementation of extension programmes.
To provide minimum basic facilities in the higher education institutions already functioning in
the State.
To strengthen the facilities and needs in already established colleges.
Setting up of professional guidance in colleges.
In order to attain qualitative improvement in academics, attempts or to be made for research
and innovative works.
To establish excellent institutes for law faculty, in accordance with the National parameters.
Department of Public Health and Family Welfare;

The primary responsibility of providing health care lies with Department of Public Health and Family
Welfare. This department sets up government health institutions and coordinates with private players
in setting up private hospitals.
Ministry of Railways, GoI
This department owns and operates most of the countrys rail transport. The railway infrastructure is
developed and maintained by this department. The department plays a key role in the city
administration as within city limits a significant amount land is owned by Railways.
Madhya Pradesh State Electricity Board;
The overall responsibility of providing electricity to the consumers lies with MPSEB. These
responsibilities include generation and distribution of the electricity.
Madhya Pradesh Pollution Control Board
Implementation, supervision and monitoring activities pertaining to Central Pollution Control Acts and
Rules vests with the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), Government of India, and the respective
State Pollution Control Boards formed/constituted under its rules. Madhya Pradesh State Pollution
Control Board (MPPCB) headquartered in the state capital, Bhopal, carries out its operations through
seven regional offices, each located at the divisional headquarters.
83
The main function of the regional offices is to monitor the implementation of provisions of various Acts
governing pollution control and prevention and the Rules framed under such Acts.
MPPCB is also responsible for implementation of the Municipal Solid Waste (Management and
Handling) Rules, 2000 of CPCB, which spell out responsibilities of the state pollution control boards
and the urban local bodies. MPPCB is the monitoring authority with respect to ground water, ambient
air, and compost quality in urban areas. The Board is also required to monitor processing and
disposal facilities for municipal waste, with the approval of the State Urban Development Department,
Town and Country Planning Department, and Ground Water Board. According to the Rules, the ULB
is responsible for implementation of the provisions and infrastructure development for collection,
storage, segregation, transport and processing of solid waste in the town.
The major areas of concern of MPPCB with regards to ULB functions are:
Management of solid and liquid waste disposal;
Waste water management;
Improvement of roads and plantation of trees;
Traffic management to control vehicular pollution; and
Proper planning of the city.
6.6.2 Coordination between Municipality and other departments

The responsibility of providing good governance in different sectors lies with different organizations.
These organizations and their functions in urban governance have been discussed in 6.6.1. A basic
coordination model which depicts coordination among various departments is shown in Exhibit 6-26.
Exhibit 6-26 Urban Governance: Coordination Model
84
The responsibility of efficient urban governance lies with various government departments collectively.
While the responsibility of providing Water, Sanitation, Road, Solid Waste and Drainage falls solely on
Municipality, other functions are carried out in coordination with other departments. The Street lighting
is jointly undertaken with MPSEB. The provision of social infrastructure including Health and
Education primarily falls under Dept. of Public Health & Family Welfare and Education respectively.
City planning activities are jointly carried out by TCPD and Municipality.
6.6.3 Issues, Observations and Recommendations

1.
Though roles of different organizations in the provisioning of urban services are clearly defined,
plans formulated by different organizations suffer because of lack of coordination among various
organizations.
2.
In case of street lighting, responsibility of installation of electricity poles and their electrification
lies with MPSEB. Any failure in the coordination between Municipality and MPSEB results in poor
urban governance.
3.
A substantial stretch of city land lies with Railways and any coordination issue between Railways
and Municipality results in achieving the efficient service delivery of urban services. Indian
railways should be involved in the city planning at the initial stage itself to result in the
implementable plans.
4.
MPPCB should be regularly contacted to keep a check on urban environment and curb pollution.
5.
Municipality should maintain a healthy interaction for effective and comprehensive city planning.
6.
The Departments of Health and Education should be provided with necessary assistance in the
implementation of their plans and day-to-day activities.
7.
MP Housing Board should consult Municipality at the planning stage to avoid any issues later at
the time of transfer of housing stocks to Municipality. Municipality should consult MP Housing
Board during the preparation of DPRs for various urban services.
8.
Meetings at regular intervals should be organized between various governing organizations for
effective urban governance.
6.7 Conclusion
This chapter dealt with the current status of various components of city infrastructure and services
provided by the Hoshangabad Municipality. Sectors/Services which were analyzed in the areas of
existing status, demand-supply gap, critical issues and SWOT are physical Infrastructure (Water
Supply, Sewerage & Sanitation, Solid Waste Management, Drainage, Traffic & Transportation and
Street Lighting, Fire Fighting & Power), Social Infrastructure (Health, Education, Other Social
Infrastructure recreational), Economic Development, Environment and Tourism (Urban
Environment, Heritage and Tourism), Urban Poor and Accessibility to Basic Services, Urban
Governance and Institutional Framework. The next chapter deals with the analysis of municipal
finance.
85
Assessment of Municipal Finance
The financial analyses of the selected cities have been carried out to understand their current status.
The finances of the selected cities have been reviewed for the last four years, commencing from the
financial year 2005-06 to 2009-10. For the year 2008-09, revised estimates and for year 2009-10
budget estimates have been considered as; the actual figures were available only for the first nine
months of the financial year at the time of this study. The financial analyses of the individual cities are
discussed below.
7.1 Income and Expenditure Summary

The overall status of the Hoshangabad Nagar Palika Parishad (HNPP) was surplus in the years FY
2005 and FY 2006. From then on HNPP found to be in deficit. Less utilisation of the capital income
for the purpose capital expenditure was the main reason for that surplus.
The Revenue account comprises of revenue income
and revenue expenditure. The revenue income of
HNPP has more than doubled in four years from Rs.
319.5 Lakhs in FY 2005-06 to Rs.684.3 Lakhs in FY
2008-09. For the present FY 2009-10 the revenue
income of HNPP has budged about Rs.1043.4 Lakhs,
registering a CAGR of 34.4 percent. While in terms of
revenue expenditure of HNPP registered CAGR of
17.7 which is nearly half to the revenue income growth
rate.
Capital income of HNPP comprises of own sources
and from Grants and Contributions. The over last few
years NRCP, UIDSSMT Scheme, IHSDP Scheme,
Basic Services scheme and other initiatives taken by
the GoMP has resulted in to sudden increase in the
capital income and expenditure of the HNPP, both
have been growing with very high CAGR of 61% and
97% respectively. The capital income has expected
to grow to a level of Rs.1607.5 Lakhs for FY 2009-10
from Rs.236.9 Lakhs in FY 2005-06, while capital expenditure also expected to increase to Rs.
1796.2 Lakhs from Rs. 118.1 Lakhs in same time.
Exhibit 7-1 Financial Status at Glance
Items (Rs. Lakhs)
2005-06
2006-07
2007-08
2008-09
2009-10
CAGR(%)
Revenue Account
Income
319.5
590.5
626.4
684.3
1,043.40
34.4
Expenditure
424.6
513.2
557.9
614.8
814
17.7
-105.1
77.3
68.5
69.5
229.4
Receipts
236.9
216.7
284.6
632.1
1,607.50
61.4
Payments
118.1
294.6
444.4
672
1,796.20
97.5
Surplus/ Deficit
118.8
-78
-159.8
-39.9
-188.7
69.1
69.1
-30.4
-30.4
-14.8
Surplus/ Deficit
Capital Account
Overall Status incl. O.B.

Source: Annual Accounts, HNPP
86
7.2 Revenue Sources Potential & Exploitation

7.2.1 Revenue Account
The following section provides an in-depth review of
the revenue account, in order to assess the
municipal fiscal status. The revenue account
comprises of two components- revenue income and
revenue expenditure.
Revenue Income
The revenue sources of HNPP can be broadly categorized as own sources, assigned revenues,
grants and contributions. The source-wise income generated during the review period is presented
below. The income from assigned revenue accounts for about 48%, which followed by income from
own sources (Tax and Non-tax sources) accounts for at 46%, while revenue grants from government
counts only for 6%.
Exhibit 7-2 Source-wise Revenue Income
Revenue Income
2005-06
2006-07
2007-08
2008-09
2009-10
Actuals in Rs. Lakhs

Own Sources
141.9
Tax Revenue
237.2
Share
CAGR
295.6
264.8
638.2
46
46
37
51.3
53
38.8
149.5
10
42
Non Tax Revenue
104.9
185.9
242.6
226
488.7
37
47
Assigned Rev
150.2
319.5
287.8
387.1
354.7
48
24
27.4
33.8
43
32.4
50.5
17
319.5
590.5
626.4
684.3
1,043.40
100
34
Revenue Grants
Total
Own Sources
Own source income includes income from Tax revenue and non-tax revenue. Own source of income
has been grown with a CAGR of 46% over the last five years. Own source of revenue has expected
to increase to Rs.638 Lakhs in FY 2010 from Rs. 141 Lakhs in FY2005,
Tax Revenue
Tax revenue accounts only for about 10% of the total revenue income. Among the tax revenues,
income from Property tax is the major income accounting for 61% of the tax revenue, followed by the
integrated tax at 16%. Other tax includes income from Export Tax, Advertisement Tax, Education
Cess and Other Taxes.
Exhibit 7-3 Tax Revenue (in Rs. Lakhs)
S. No.
Head of Account
1
Property Tax
Integrated Tax
Education Cess
Export Tax
2005-06
25.3
2006-07
29.8
2007-08
40.1
2008-09
26
2009-10
132
10.7
18.3
7.4
9.5
0.2
4.1
4.5
0.3
Advertisement Tax
0.2
Other Taxes & Cess
0.8
2.7
0.3
0.3
Sub-Total (Tax Revenue)
37
51.3
53
38.8
149.5
87
Non-Tax Revenue
Non tax revenue accounts major percentage of own sources and accounts for about 37% of the total
revenue income. Among the Non-tax revenues, income from Rentals of municipal properties and
water charges are the major source of income accounts about 65% and 21% respectively. There is a
significant contribution from others with 10% contribution to the Non-tax revenue.
Exhibit 7-4 Non tax revenue (in Rs. Lakhs)
S. No.
Head of Account
2005-06
2006-07
2007-08
2008-09
2009-10
Rental Income from

Municipal Properties
67.8
138.5
154.2
157.2
358.5
Water Charges
22.1
21.5
23.9
31.1
52.0
License and Fees
2.0
2.2
3.4
3.1
14.3
Development charges
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Building permission
1.6
7.4
8.2
6.0
20.0
Others
11.5
16.3
52.9
28.6
43.9
Sub Total (Non Tax)
104.9
185.9
242.6
226.0
488.7
Assigned Revenue and Compensation

Assigned revenues and Compensations accounts for about 48% of the total revenue income, it
include taxes and duties collected by others and compensation in lieu of Taxes and duties like Octroi
compensation, stamp duty etc. Revenue from this source is depends on the devolution from GoMP.
The details of the revenue from this source are shown in table below. Octroi accounts for major
contribution to assigned revenue with 58% to 60% followed by income from Passenger tax
compensation with 30% to 35%.
Exhibit 7-5 Assigned Revenue (in Lakhs)
S. No.
1
2
3
4
Head of Account
2005-06 2006-07 2007-08
Assigned revenue and Compensations
Octroi compensation
87.9
259.6
179.9
Stamp duty
12.9
0.0
35.1
Passenger tax compensation
48.6
59.0
72.4
Income under special acts
0.7
0.8
0.5
Sub total (Assign Revenue)
150.2
319.5
287.8
2008-09
2009-10
282.8
29.0
75.0
0.3
387.1
311.1
35.0
8.3
0.3
354.7
Grants /Contributions
Income from Grants and contributions accounts for only about 6% of the total revenue income. HNPP
is majorly getting the revenue grants from GoMP in form of Road maintenance, mid day meal and
other state grants.
Exhibit 7-6 Revenue from Grants/Contributions
S. No.
Head of Account
State Government
1
Road maintenance
2
Mid day meal
3
Other state grants
Subtotal (Grants & contribution)
2005-06
27.4
0.0
0.0
27.4
2006-07
23.1
10.7
0.0
33.8
2007-08
36.8
6.2
0.0
43.0
2008-09
2009-10
32.0
0.4
0.0
32.4
50.0
0.5
0.0
50.5
88
Extraordinary Income
Incomes from deposits from contractors, loan recoveries from employees and advances are merged
as a extraordinary income to HNPP, this income is ranging from Rs. 28.5Lakhs in FY2005 to Rs.
31Lakhs in FY 2008 and expected to be 32 Lakhs for FY 2009.As this income is not fixed or
continuous in nature of income, so it will be kept aside while analysing the financial position of HNPP.
7.3 Expenditures Analysis & Rationalization

7.3.1 Revenue Expenditure
Revenue expenditure is classified under
establishment
mainly
comprising
salaries and wages, administrative
expenses, Operation and Management
Expenses and Repayment of loans.
The revenue expenditure has grown
from Rs. 426.6Lakhs in FY 2005 to Rs.
614.8 Lakhs in FY2008, registering the
CAGR of 17%. The budged expenditure
for the FY 2010 is Rs.814 Lakhs.
Exhibit 7-7 Application of funds by head of Account
Revenue Expenditure
2005-06
2006-07
2007-08
2008-09
2009-10

Salaries/ Wages & Allowances
256.06
284.83
292.26
362.95
524.87
Share
CAGR
58.34
19.65
Administrative Expenses
24.22
26.24
28.29
42.92
36.40
5.47
10.73
Operation & Maintenance
119.93
172.38
196.78
168.78
198.70
29.79
13.45
Programme Expenses
7.40
7.82
3.71
5.11
5.00
1.08
Repayment of Loans
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
16.96
21.94
36.87
35.06
49.07
5.32
30.43
424.57
513.20
557.91
614.83
814.04
100.00
17.67
Other Miscellaneous expenditure

Total Revenue Expenditure
(9.32)
-
Revenue Expenditure consists of expenditure on Salaries/Wages, Administrative works, Operation &

maintenance (O&M), Programme expenses and Repayment towards the loans. In case of HNPP,
Salaries/wages and allowances accounts for highest expenditure which is about 58% of the total
revenue expenditure. The other major expenditure is towards O&M expenses, which accounts for
about 30% of total revenue expenditure. While expenses on administrative works and programme
expense accounts for 6% and 1% each.
Salaries/wages and allowances expense include salary of HNPP employees, Wages to the temporary
staff, pension to staff etc has been increasing with a CAGR of 20% during the analysis period.
In case of O&M cost, major expenditure is towards water works, which had increased from Rs. 44
Lakhs in FY 2005 to Rs. 89Lakhs in FY 2009. Water works includes majorly repair and maintenance
of OHTs, pipe line and treatment. Electricity charges are also at the high rate, which has increased
from Rs. 31 Lakhs to Rs. 45 Lakhs for the same time period. During the last four years total O&M
cost has increased with CAGR of 36% and has expected for the FY2009.
Administrative expenses includes stationary, printing expenses, furniture, advertisement, photo copy
and other expenses which are accounting of 8 % of the total revenue expenditure and has been
increasing with CAGR of 12.6%.
89
Program expenses include mid-day meal, donations and etc., where mid-day meal accounts the
prominence in each year of the study. Program expenses accounts for only 2% of Revenue
expenditure and has been increasing with CAGR of 3.5%
7.3.2 Trends in Capital Expenditure

Capital account of the HNPP was in deficit during the last four years except in FY 2005. Actually
UIDSSMT scheme, IHSDP Scheme and other initiatives taken by the GoI and GoMP has resulted in
to sudden increase in the capital income and capital expenditure of the HNPP. The Capital income
has grown to a level of Rs. 632 Lakhs in FY 2008 from Rs. 236Lakhs in FY 2005, while capital
expenditure also increased to Rs. 672Lakhs from Rs. 118 Lakhs in same time.
In general the Capital Income of HNPP comprises of own sources in the form of sale of property;
loans, grants and contributions and transfers from revenue surplus. However during the review period
the capital revenues have been generated only through grants and contributions from Central and
State Government. Major source of income is Capital grants from GoI and GoMP accounts for about
99% of the total capital income, under UIDSSMT, IHSDP schemes and other projects and public
contribution and other incomes accounts only for a merely 1% of the total revenue income.
Exhibit 7-8 Details of Capital Account
S.No.
Capital Income
2005-06
2006-07
2007-08
Sale of asset
Loans
Grants & Contributions
2008-09
2009-10
Share
98.91
0.53
1.2
Special Projects
ii
Basic services
iii
UIDSSMT
iv
IHSDP
Flood relief & NRCP
15.0
5.0
32.2
21.2
vi
vii
State finance commission

(S.F.C)
T.F.C
0.0
29.1
58.251
60
7.53
viii
Other Grants
75.2
24.0
88.3446
94.12
38
18.22
231.9
213.2
282.1656
628.4
1603
98.91
108.3
Total Grants & Contributions
133.9
75.501
146
200
33.92
800
9.95
20.85
250
3.77
299.42
205
13.75
68
50
11.24
54.069
-
Public Contribution
4.0
2.6
0.5
0.5
0.62
Other Capital income
0.9
0.9
1.9515
3.7
0.47
236.9
216.7
284.6
632.1
1607.5
100
Total Capital Income
Capital Work in Progress
104.5
263.1
427.4
639.3
1771.2
93.5
Purchase of fixed assets
1.3
18.0
4.4
17.5
17.0
2.3
Other Capital Expenditure
Reserve Fund
Total Capital Expenditure
12.3
13.6
12.5
15.1
8.0
4.1
118.1
294.6
444.4
672.0
1796.2
100.0
90
7.4 Key Observations and Ratios

Key financial ratios have been estimated based on the annual accounts of the Hoshangabad to
highlight the existing position of the municipal finances. These ratios are the average ratios of last four
years and present budget year. Key financial ratios are given in table below.
Exhibit 7-9 Key Financial Ratios of HNPP
FINANCIAL INDICATORS
Operating Ratio
Capital Utilization Ratio
Tax Revenue as % of revenue income
Non Tax revenue as % revenue income
property tax as % of revenue income
Grant as % of revenue income
Salaries' Expenditure to Revenue Income
Salaries' Expenditure to Revenue Expenditure
O&M as % of expenditure
Hoshangabad
0.9
1.12
10%
37%
67%
6%
55.6%
58.3%
29.8%
Observations:
1. HNPP has Surplus Revenue: The operating ratio of the HNPP is 0.95 which is less than 1,
indicating that HNPPs revenue expenditure levels are lesser than the revenue income
generated whereby the revenue account in surplus.
2. CUR: Capital Utilisation Ratio of HNPP is 1.12 which is more than 1 indicates that HNPP are
utilising their revenue surplus in the capital expenditure hence having a high utilization ratio.
HNPP found to be very lease dependent on the Revenue Grants and other revenue sources
as grants accounts for only 6% of their revenue income. Tax revenue accounts only 10% of
the revenue income whereas Non tax revenue accounts 37%, which indicates need for
identification of new tax revenue streams.
3. Property Tax contribution low: Property tax as a revenue source accounts for about only 5
in HNPP indicates the need of property tax rationalisation with improved collection efficiency.
4. Salaries as an expense head: Expenditure on salaries is found to be very high in HNPP,

accounting for 58% of the revenue expenditure and 56% of the revenue income.
7.5 Strategies to improve financial condition

Studying the current account status of Hoshangabad municipality, following strategies could be
adapted in order to increase the revenue income to fund the upcoming projects in the City investment
plan/ Capital investment plan.
Property tax, being amongst the major revenue generation streams needs to be rationalized
and be revised and charged at current rates. Following steps shall be followed.
1. Implementation of ARV revision and removal of distortions in rates wherever existent.
2. Apart from collection efficiency, the ratio of assessments to population and growth of
assessments should also be tracked and monitored at the highest level.
91
3. Move to GIS-based database to track, update and retrieve property tax information
4. Encourage greater accountability among bill collection staff by introducing targets and
incentivize the same by recognition of top performers.
Following steps/strategies shall be adopted to improve collection efficiency.
1. Draw a systematic plan for sending demand notices and ensure dispatch of demand
notices on time.
2. Conducts ward wise analysis of collection efficiency to focus more on troublesome
wards/ areas.
3. Involve council members and resident welfare associations / NGOs as pressure
groups to act against willful defaulters.
4. Simplify payment of property tax dues by providing multiple options; a) payment
through banks b) additional facilitation / e-governance counters, c) mobile vans and
door-to-door collection drives, d) online payment option and e) payment through
credit cards etc.
5. Make it compulsory for clearing property tax dues for provision of water and
sewerage connections.
6. Initiate a One-time drive and settlement scheme for arrears.
7. Prepare a list of top100 defaulters and disseminate the information online and
through other media to put pressure on such defaulters.
Evaluate PPP options for development of projects like sports complex, clubs, parking lots etc.
Introduction of sewer charges and rationalization of water charges in order to meet the O&M.
Actively encourage corporate / NGO partnerships for city beautification and asset
management in areas covering bus stops, street lighting, medians, parks and road junctions
7.6 Conclusion
This chapter presented analysis of Municipal Budgets for year 2005-06 to 2009-10. The financial
analysis included review of financial statements for last four years, from 2005-06 to 2009-10. The
analysis was carried out in four areas, Revenue Income, Revenue Expenditure, Capital Income and
Capital Expenditure. The analysis was then used to calculate various indicators to assess the
financial health of the Municipality.
The next chapter deals with the City Vision, Sector Goals to achieve the City Vision and Sector
Strategies to meet the Sector Goals. Sectoral strategies also discuss about long term and short term
needs.
92
City Vision and Sector Goals
The vision for Hoshangabad was formulated by stakeholders and IMaCS through a consensus
approach and continued consultations with the community. The consultations revolved around the
citys strengths, current issues, concerns, problems and the areas that need to be focused on to
achieve the desired results.
8.1 Formulation of City Vision

After completing a rapid assessment of the citys infrastructure, physical and environmental aspects,
and institutional and financial status, a consultative process was started with Hoshangabad
Municipality Officials.
th
A workshop was held on February 16 , 2010, to explain the purpose of the CDP, the ownership of the
plan, and the need for establishing or strengthening partnerships to leverage Municipalitys role in
facilitating economic growth and improving quality of life. The officials of other government
departments such as Town & Country Planning, Health, Education, etc who have a stake in the
development of the city were also involved in this workshop. This workshop focused on highlighting
the current status of all the services provided by various Hoshangabad Municipality departments and
the key issues confronting each department.
Municipality officials and other stakeholders together carried out the visioning exercise at this
workshop.
The workshop included a questionnaire survey which aimed at eliciting stakeholders perception of
city, citys infrastructure, major issues and where they want their city to be in the future. This was
followed by the ward-wise detailing of ward-specific problems and potentials that can be harnessed
for the development of ward and city.
8.2 Vision for Hoshangabad City

As a result of the above-mentioned workshop and consultations with Municipality officials and
stakeholders, the vision for Hoshangabad emerged as follows:
A Holy City with a high-quality of life in a sustainable environment, with state-of-the-art
infrastructure, service delivery, and connectivity, supported by an efficient governance
framework.
In addition to the outlining of a vision for the city, discussions were also carried out on the
identification of major themes which would serve as the watchwords for initiatives and actions to
achieve the vision. Some of the major themes that came out of workshop and consultations with
stakeholders are as follows:
Tourism due to Narmada River; Water Pollution
The city should attain a key position in Agro-based industries.
Support industrialization in its hinterland
Promote education, health institutions and a safe environment for the citizens.
8.3 Mission Statements for Hoshangabads tryst with its vision

To achieve the vision, certain Mission Statements are formulated on the basis of identified themes
which would be the various lines on which development should be concentrated. Based on
93
consultations with stakeholders and review of development plans of other cities, following Mission
Statements are being adopted to achieve the vision.
1. To provide citizens with world-class basic infrastructure facilities
All basic infrastructure facilities, viz. Water Supply, Sewerage & Sanitation, Storm Water
Drainage, Solid Waste Management, Roads & Transportation and Street Lighting & Fire
Fighting, and social infrastructure facilities, viz. Health and Education, should be developed /
upgraded to support the economic and social development of the city.
2. To actualize the citys existing economic potential and generate new opportunities for
the prosperity in all sections of the community.
An economic development plan should be devised for the harnessing of citys economic
potential. It should concentrate on the diversification of economic base of the city so as to
reduce dependence on any particular factor.
3. To uplift the urban poor and bring them at par with other sections of the community
A comprehensive upliftment plan, comprising of provisioning of basic infrastructure and equal
access to social infrastructure, for urban poor should be prepared to address the existing
disparity among the various sections of the community.
4. Institutional Strengthening and Capacity Building
Preparation of an institutional action plan defines roles and responsibilities of various
stakeholder agencies. It would also target at the capacity of various stakeholder agencies in
terms of adequacy of staff and competitiveness for an efficient delivery. The issue of
Motivation to work should be an integral part of this plan.
5. Preparation of Resource Mobilization Plan
Preparation of a financial and operating plan that addresses the resource requirement for
implementation and maintenance of the City Development Plan and Master Plan
proposals.
6. Development of New areas through Town Planning Schemes.
Development of new areas through implementation of Town Planning Schemes. Detailed
development plan has to be prepared for the selected new areas with the guidance of master
plan /land use plan for the city.
These Mission Statements would serve the purposes of aligning/initiating development works with the
formulated vision, guidance during the policy formulations to achieve the goal and framework for the
coordination among the various stakeholder agencies.
8.4 Sector Goals

Keeping the vision in mind, the stakeholders and IMaCS team designed goals for various
sectors/services to achieve the vision in a given timeframe. We have presented the sector goals
under the five major heads:
1. Physical Infrastructure
94

5. Urban Poor
6. Urban Governance and Institutional Development
In this chapter, we have also outlined the key areas in each sector, which would be the main focus of
detailed strategies and action plan. In addition, there a mention about future expansion of HBD, a
concept of which is attached as Annexure D.
8.5 Sector Goals and Sector Strategies - Physical Infrastructure

8.5.1 Water supply and distribution
Sector Goal: All households should be provided with piped water with defined service levels.
Key areas and time frame which would be addressed by detailed strategies and action plan to meet
the sectoral goal are:
YEAR
WATER
SUPPLY
COMPONENTS
2015
2025
2035
Network coverage to
households
100% of the
properties
assessed under
property tax
100% of the
properties
assessed
under
property tax
100% of the
properties
assessed
under
property tax
Per capita supply as per norms

(135 lpcd)
24/7 water supply
Quality of water
Non-revenue water
Consumer metering
Roof water harvesting
135
135
135
no
good
15%
Private sector participation
no
no
good
15%
80%
yes
If O&M is
contracted to
a private
developer
yes
good
15%
80%
yes
If O&M is
contracted to
a private
developer
no
These areas have been identified on the basis of workshops, consultations and review of best
practices in the sector.
Core Strategy
The planning for source augmentation of water supply has been done considering the demand arising
in year 2035 and make necessary provisions for the same by 2015. The systems and infrastructure
would therefore have to be designed such that the long term needs are addressed and planned for by
2015. The broad strategy therefore would be to identify the projects addressing the future demand in
the short term for which necessary investments will also have to be planned for. In addition to the
improvements to be made to the infrastructural requirements, the stakeholders have also
recommended increasing the Municipal manpower dealing exclusively with the water supply.
Long term and Short term sector interventions required:
The table below presents the broad strategies being proposed to address the gaps identified in the
existing levels:
95
Exhibit 8-1 Water Supply: Long Term and Short Term Interventions
Water supply source requires to be augmented to 30.86MLD
The water storage capacity would also have to be increased keeping in
perspective the long-term requirements.
Sector
Interventions
Required
Elevated storage capacity is to be increased up to 33% of the water supplied.

Refurbishment of the old dilapidated distribution network has to be planned to
reduce the loss in transmission.
Treatment plant has to be provided for water treatment.
To improve the revenue from water charges, complete metering has to be
executed.
Expected
Outcome
Assured 135 lpcd water supply

Improvement in water quality
Improvement in the revenue from water charges, enhanced service delivery
For meeting the demand arising in 2035, the following sub projects are being recommended and
would have to be executed by the ULB by 2015.
Exhibit 8-2: Projects identified by ULB and Consultant for Water sector
ULBs Suggestion
Projects Proposed by Consultant
Scheme to increase the per capita supply of water
Integrated Water supply Scheme for the

town of Hoshangabad
Sub- Projects
Project Rationale
Water Supply in the town not adequate to meet the
existing and future demand
Water Supply source augmentation to

30.86MLD
Current treatments
chlorination
to
Development of water treatment

facility of 30.86MLD capacity
Revenues from water charges are not adequate,

and the installation of water meters becomes
important both from the perspective raising
revenues and checking water consumption
Refurbishment of distribution network

to176 km by year 2035 which can be
taken up in a phased manner.
were
restricted
only
Details of projects to be undertaken for the realization of strategies:

As a proactive measure to address the increasing demand of water supply, Hoshangabad
Municipality has proposed a water supply scheme under UIDSSMT. This scheme will address most of
identified gaps which is provided in the next section. Some of the gaps which will be left unattended
will have to be addressed by the projects provided in the subsequent sections.
Proposed Water Supply Scheme:
The proposed project aims at bringing 24 MLD water from the Narmada River. The project has
following components:
1. Construction of intake well and pump house of 24 MLD capacity
2. 500 m of 750 mm Raw water main pipeline from intake well to treatment plant
3. Rapid Gravity Treatment Plant of 24 MLD capacity
4. Pumping Machinery
5. Pumping Main Pipeline in the various parts of the city
96
6. 1 Over Head Tank of .4 ML

7. Distribution network in the various parts of the city
Details of additional sub-projects to be undertaken:
The proposed water supply scheme attempts to address most of the gaps that would be generated by
the year 2035. In this section we have listed few additional gaps for which other projects will have to
be taken up by the Hoshangabad Nagar Palika.
1. Source Augmentation: The proposed project withdraws around 24 MLD of water from Narmada
River and it is being assumed that Nagar Palika will continue to extract 10 MLD from Tube wells.
As a result, net capacity at source becomes 34 MLD which is sufficient to meet the demand
calculated by CDP consultant. It is recommended that extraction of water from tube wells should
be discouraged and contribution expected from tube wells should be brought from other sources.
The additional water requirement can be met by adopting either of the following options:
1. Drawing additional water from Narmada River
2. Sourcing water from the rain water harvesting
2. Water treatment facility: The proposed water treatment facility is planned for 24 MLD of water;
hence treatment infrastructure needs to be installed for the additional 6 MLD of water.
3. Distribution Network: As discussed with Hoshangabad Municipality officials, at present,
Hoshangabad has a distribution network of 90 km which is approximately 68 % of the road
network. The proposed water supply scheme includes the strengthening of distribution network. In
total, to meet the growing demand, Hoshangabad would need an additional network of 86 km so
that total network length is 176 Km to increase the coverage to 85% of road network by the year
2035.
4. Elevated Storage Capacity: As per the prescribed norm, 33% of net water requirement should be
the Elevated storage capacity which at present is around 24% for the Hoshangabad. The
proposed water supply scheme includes an OHT of 0.4 ML capacity. This would increase the
Storage capacity to 2.75 ML. In addition, Hoshangabad needs to augment the existing storage
capacity of 2.35 ML and proposed capacity addition of 0.4 ML by 3.6 MLD to take the net storage
capacity to 6.35 MLD by the year 2015. In the long term, Hoshangabad would need to add
another 4 MLD to take the storage capacity to 10.3 MLD by 2035.
This section discussed the technical details of the projects proposed as the realization of sector
strategies. The financial details of these projects including amount of investment and its phasing have
been discussed in chapter 9 (City Investment Plan).
Exhibit 8-3: Water Supply: Project development initiatives to be taken by the Nagar Palika
Immediate measures to be taken
Authorities/Agencies responsible
Finalising the sub projects to be undertaken
Hoshangabad
Nagar
Palika
in
consultation with Councillors and other
stakeholders
Hoshangabad Nagar Palika
Preparation of Detailed Project Report(s) for finalised

projects
Submission of DPR to funding agency for seeking
approvals
97
8.5.2 Sewerage & Sanitation

Sector Goal: To achieve 100 % coverage by an integrated sewerage system and safe sanitation
facilities for all.
Key areas which would be addressed by detailed strategies and action plan to meet the sectoral goal
are:
YEAR
SEWERAGE
&
SANITATION
Components
Sewer network
coverage to
households
Sewage Treatment
and disposal
arrangements
Sewage Recycling and
reuse
Safe sanitation
facilities (with focus on
Urban poor)
2015
2025
2035
70%
70%
70%
Treatment plant capacity-15.25

MLD
Treated water
could be used for
agricultural
process, not for
drinking use.
Expand the
capacity by 4.26
MLD
Treated water
could be used for
agricultural
process, not for
drinking use.
Expand the
capacity by 5.18
MLD
Treated water
could be used for
agricultural
process, not for
drinking use.
70% of
households
70% of
households
70% of
households
At present, the Hoshangabad Nagar Palika does not have a sewerage system network in the town.
On the basis of both the demandgap assessment of the sewerage network and the consultation
process with the ULB officials and the stakeholders, the need for developing a sewerage network in
the town is evident. Though DPRs have been prepared by Hoshangabad Municipality for 100%
sewerage coverage of town and sewage treatment under NRCP and UIDSSMT, but analyses done by
WSP-SA, consultants working on City Sanitation Plan for Hoshangabad, shows that a 100%
networked sewerage system in the city is not feasible. Hence, to achieve the desired 100% sewerage
coverage, the city should adopt a mixture of technical options (as articulated in the Draft CSP for
Hoshangabad), including:
6. Fully On-site Sanitation: Septic Tanks or Twin Soak Pits
7. Fully Off-site Sanitation: Settled (Small bore) sewerage
8. Part on-site (Septic Tanks or Twin Soak Pits) / Part off-site (Conventional Sewerage)
9. Simplified sewerage with decentralized wastewater treatment
10. Mixed system
Among these options, option 4 i.e. Simplified sewerage with decentralized wastewater treatment
involves maximum capital investment. Hence, for the purpose of City Investment Plan, option 4 has
been taken in the consideration to avoid any budget issues at a later stage. It also has lowest
operation and maintenance cost as compared to other options.
Core Strategy
The lack of a sewerage network in town necessitates the development of a sewerage network which
would efficiently manage the existing and future demand. Similar to planning and designing for water
supply network, the planning for development of sewerage network would have to consider the
demand arising in 2035 and make necessary provisions for the same by 2015. The systems and
98
infrastructure would therefore have to be designed such that the long term needs are addressed and
planned for by 2015. The broad strategy therefore should be to identify the projects addressing the
future demand in the areas of sewerage and sanitation which the Nagar Palika would have to take up
in the short run for which necessary investments will also have to be planned for.
existing levels:
Exhibit 8-4: Sewerage and Sanitation: Long Term and Short Term Interventions
Laying of underground drainage system of 62km for 2015 and 100 Km by
2035.
Sector
Interventions
Required
Expected
Outcome
Construction of a sewerage system which can handle a capacity of 15.25 MLD

for 2015 and expand it to 24.6 MLD by 2035
Addition of around 55 Public Sanitary Conveniences and 112 Community
Sanitary Conveniences
Synchronisation with water supply capacity, ability to meet service level targets
and disposal norms
Exhibit 8-5: Projects identified by ULB and Consultant for Sewerage Sector
ULBs Suggestion
Scheme for laying of sewerage network for the town
Comprehensive Sewerage Scheme for

the town of Hoshangabad
Project Rationale
Sub- Projects
The sewerage system in the town consists of septic tanks,

soaks pits, open surface drainages and finally disposes into
the natural drains or ponds. The city will consume about
31MLD of water by the year 2035. About 25MLD of
sewerage (80 percent of water supply as per CPHEEO
norms) is estimated to be generated in the town. There is
no underground drainage network in the city. The waste
water flowing in open drain results in unhygienic milieu and
pollution of water bodies and the conditions are severe
during monsoon when the sewerage overflows on the road.
Construction of sewerage network

with a total capacity of 24.6MLD
Laying of sewerage network of a
total length of 62 km for 2015.
Construction of sewage pumping
stations
Around
55
Public
Sanitary
Conveniences and 112 Community
Sanitary Conveniences
Details of Sub-projects to be undertaken as the realization of strategies:

The Sewerage Scheme which would be planned would have to make provisions for the following sub
components:
1. Underground Sewerage network: The construction of the sewer network to be constructed takes
into consideration the factors of existing and future water supply to the town and the population
size being catered to. The capacity of the system has been estimated at 24.6MLD (80% of the
future water supply) and the length of the network has been estimated at 100 km for 2035 and 62
Km for 2015. Both these capacity and network parameters have taken into consideration the
demand arising in 2035 and provisions would have to be made for the same by 2015.
99
2. Sewerage Treatment Plant: As an integral part of comprehensive sewerage system, a sewerage

treatment plant of 24.6 MLD would have to be developed for the safe disposal of wastewater. This
sewerage plant capacity will take into care the demand generated in the year 2035.
3. Public Convenience Systems: To provide safe and sufficient sanitation facilities to the citizens,
mainly slum dwellers, around 55 public sanitary and 12 community sanitary conveniences need to
be added to the existing fleet of Hoshangabad city.
strategies. The financial details of these projects including amount of investment and its phasing
have been discussed in chapter 9 (City Investment Plan).
Exhibit 8-6: Sewerage & Sanitation: Initiatives to be taken by the Nagar Palika
Hoshangabad
Nagar
Palika
in
consultation with Councillors and other
stakeholders
Preparation of DPR(s) for finalised projects

Submission of DPR(s) to funding agency
8.5.3 Roads & Transportation

Sector Goal: To link each and every part of the city with efficient transportation system.
are:
1. Medium term action plan aimed at development of transport infrastructure over a perspective
plan period of 5-10 years to bring about coordinated development among different components.
These measures typically will include various infrastructure projects, which will be directed at
network improvements such as parallel roads, link roads, slip roads, flyovers, and bridges.
2. Long-term action plan aimed at development of structure plan for the Urban Area with Transit as
one of the lead components, which will direct the urban growth so as to bring about a structural fit
between transit infrastructure and Urban Growth. This will also examine a comprehensive multimodal public transit system to bring about the most optimal mix of commuting within the Urban
Area and thus providing a sustainable transit solution.
YEAR
ROADS &
TRAFFIC
MANAGEMENT
Components
2015
New road
formations
42 Km
ROBs/flyovers
Development
of bus and
truck terminus
none
development of bus
stand and transport
nagar
Junctions and
traffic signal
improvements
Regulating traffic
through better
management
Parking
facilities
Parking lots to be
provided at strategic
locations
2025
2035
Further Addition
of 26.35 Km of
roads
none
Further addition
of 35.2 Km of
roads
none
Up gradation to
accommodate
capacity
none
Regulating
traffic through
better
management
Regulating traffic
through better
management
Up gradation of
Parking Lots
100
Core Strategy
In the case of the road sector, the broad strategy which the Nagar Palika should follow is one wherein
the existing gaps in this sector and the future requirements would be addressed in terms of two
categories of priority or short term needs and long term needs. Since, Hoshangabad faces a severe
land crunch; we have based our demand assessment for road network on the existing and expected
land usage under transportation. It has been revealed from the Master Plan that transportation
constitute around 2.69% of Hoshangabad area. We have estimated the expected road network in
years 2015, 2025 and 2035 on the basis of area that will be brought under the transportation in
respective years. We have assumed, in line with UDPFI guideline, that area under the transportation
will gradually be increased to 6.66, 8 and 10 % of municipal area in the years 2015, 2025 and 2035
respectively. The suggestions which were put forth in the stakeholder consultation should be clubbed
under the category of short term requirements and the long term requirements should be addressed
by the Nagar Palika in the second phase.
The broad sector interventions to address both the short and long term requirements have been
enlisted below:
Exhibit 8-7: Roads and Street Lights: Long Term and Short Term Interventions
Construction of new roads in areas which are at present earthen. Up-gradation
of roads to CC or BT. 35 km of earthen roads to B.T roads
New roads to cater to missing links and developing areas: total road length
reaching 150 km in 2015 and 208 km by 2035
Sector
Interventions
Required
Development of Parking Spaces

Improved bus stand and related amenities
Increase in the number of high power and high mast lamps, and installations of
more streetlights w.r.t to roads
Expected
Outcome
Improved connectivity, Hassle-free travel on roads, safe driving during nights
Following are the projects proposed during the stakeholder consultation and also based on the rapid
urban assessment carried out by the Consultant.
Exhibit 8-8: Projects identified by ULB and Consultant for Roads
Projects
Proposed
ULBs Suggestion
Project Rationale
Consultant
Up gradation of roads to
CC in a few identified wards
Development
spaces
of
Parking
The current road length per

capita is much lesser than the
norms; Keeping in view the
growth of the town, the total
road length needs to be
extended and the quality of
roads needs to be improved.
by
Construction of 42 km of
additional roads by 2015, 23.6
Km by 2025 and further 35.2
km by 2035
Up-gradation of roads 34 km
of Earthen roads to BT road
by 2015
Development of Multi-storeyed
Parking at 3 locations.
101
Details of Sub projects to be undertaken as the realization of strategies:

1. Road Construction: To address the current gap of per capita road length, and the future demand,
the Nagar Palika would have to construct 42 km of additional roads, comprising 6.94 km of CC
and 35.18 km of BT, by 2015. The Nagar Palika should on a priority basis identify the stretches
and areas where roads at present do not exist and or have poor connectivity. Also the areas
where future residential growth is anticipated or planned, road construction can be undertaken.
2. Road Up gradation: The Nagar Palika would have to upgrade the internal roads from their existing
type to CC or BT category. The road up-gradation may be taken up on the priority basis; a total of
35 km of road needs to be upgraded to BT category.
3. Parking Spaces: With the growing number of vehicles and increasing commercial activities in the
town, issue of lack of parking spaces becomes much more relevant. The consultations with
stakeholders have concluded that parking spaces should be developed near the key commercial
area of the town. Multi-storeyed parking lots have been proposed at three locations:
1) Tar Ahata at Itwara Bazar,
2) Near bus stand at Satrasta and
3) Near City Hospital.
Exhibit 8-9: Roads: Initiatives to be taken by the Nagar Palika
Preparation of DPR for finalised projects
Submission of DPR to funding agency
Hoshangabad Nagar Palika in consultation with

Councillors and other stakeholders
8.5.4 Storm water drainage

Sector Goal: To develop an efficient drainage system to ensure cleanliness of city
Key areas and time frame which would be addressed by detailed strategies and action plan to meet
the sectoral goal are:
YEAR
DRAINAGE
Components
Drainage network
2015
Total of 194Km
2025
Total of 224Km
2035
Total of 270Km
Pucca Drains
64Km Pukka open and

130 Km Pukka closed
including 56Km of Kutcha
open to Pukka closed
Further 10 Km
pukka open and
20 Km pukka
closed
Further 15 Km
pukka open
and 30Km
pukka closed
Rehabilitation of
existing primary
nallahs and water
bodies
Desilting of drains to
increase their capacity
100%
100%
Flood prone areas
No more flooding due to

better coverage of drains
none
none
102
Core Strategy
In case of storm water drainage, the broad strategy followed would be similar to that proposed in the
case of road sector, wherein the existing gaps in this sector and the future requirements would be
addressed in terms of two categories of priority or short term needs and long term needs. The existing
gaps and the demand arising for the year 2015 may be taken up as priority projects. The suggestions
which had been put forth in the stakeholder consultation would have been clubbed under the category
of short term requirements and the long term requirements (2035) should be addressed by the Nagar
Palika in the second phase.
The broad sector interventions to address both the short and long term requirements have been
enlisted below:
Exhibit 8-10: Storm Water Drainage: Long Term and Short Term Interventions
Cleaning/ desilting of the existing natural drains, this will also include the
removal of encroachments.
Sector
Interventions
Required
Construction of storm water drains running into a length of 194km by 2015, of

which 130km should be Pucca closed and 64km will be Pucca open.
Augmentation of drainage network length by 30km post 2015 to meet the
demand of 2025. This will include 10 km of Pucca open and 20 km of Pucca
closed.
Augmentation of drainage network by 45km post 2025 to meet the demand of
2035. This will include 15 km of Pucca open and 30 km of Pucca closed
Expected
Outcome
Universal coverage and disposal capacity
Exhibit 8-11: Projects identified by ULB and Consultant for Storm Water Drainage
Projects Proposed by
ULBs Suggestion
Consultant
Scheme for laying of storm water drainage network for the town
Project Rationale
According to normative standards, the length of the drains are
assumed at 130% of road length considering all divided roads to have
drains on either side and undivided roads on at least one side.
Likewise the total drain length in the town shall be of about 270 km by
2035. Further the drains in the initial phase shall be open and
subsequently be made closed; hence the investment is towards upgradation annually and for construction of new closed drains. All
existing open drains shall be first upgraded to closed drains and
subsequently new drains shall be constructed.
Prominently, all the road and storm water projects are to be taken up
simultaneously to match the levels of the roads with the drains and
allow draining of rain water from the city.
Storm
Water
Drainage
network for the town of
Hoshangabad
Sub- Projects
Cleaning/desilting
of
natural drains flowing in
the city.
Up gradation of Pucca
open to Pucca closed
by 2015
Construction of new
Pucca closed drains
and Pucca open drains
by 2015
103
Details of Sub projects to be undertaken:

1. Cleaning / Desilting of existing drains: As an immediate measure, Nagar Palika should aim at
timely cleaning and maintenance of existing drainage network. Under this project, some of the
major natural drains should be given proper attention.
2. Construction of storm water drains: The Nagar Palika needs to undertake laying of 90 km of
Pucca closed drains by 2015. In addition to the construction of Pucca closed drains, the Nagar
Palika is required to construct 40 km of Pucca open drains and upgrade 24 km of Pucca open to
Pucca closed drains. This construction may be done in tandem to the construction/up-gradation
of roads. These construction activities would have to be carried out on an immediate basis to
address the existing and future demand-supply gap.
3. Up-gradation of existing drains: The Nagar Palika is also required to undertake drain up-gradation
works for the existing drains in town.
Exhibit 8-12: Storm Water Drainage: Initiatives to be taken by the Nagar Palika


8.5.5 Solid waste management

Sector Goal: To achieve 100% collection and disposal of solid waste by means of public
private participation
are:
YEAR
Components
Door-to-door collection system
Source segregation
Improve waste collection
efficiency
Mechanized waste handling
Scientific waste disposal
Solid Waste
Management
Landfill site adequacy
Private sector participation
2015
door to door
collection
yes
2025
door to door
collection
yes
2035
door to door
collection
yes
100%
100%
100%
yes
yes
yes
yes
7.5 acres site is
available and
further 7.5 acres
is needed
yes
yes
yes
yes
Could be
looked in for
as a viable
option for door
to door
collection to
segregation to
disposal
Could be
looked in for
as a viable
option for
door to door
collection to
segregation
to disposal
Could be looked
in for as a viable
option for door
to door
collection to
segregation to
disposal
104
Core Strategy
In order to facilitate improved solid waste management, the Nagar Palika would have to focus on two
aspects- adoption of better practices to ensure proper collection, segregation and disposal of waste
and the second being augmenting the existing infrastructure. The current status of the infrastructure
needs to be improved by increasing the equipments required for effectively handling the waste, and
most importantly developing an adequate sized landfill site. Apart from the focus on augmenting the
resources, the Nagar Palika would be required to train its conservancy staff to carry out the tasks
effectively. Immediate priority needs to be placed on improving the skills of the conservancy staff and
also to increase.
The broad sector interventions to address both the short and long term requirements are listed below:
Exhibit 8-13: Solid Waste Management: Long Term and Short Term Interventions
Promoting door-to-door collection
Sector
Interventions
Required
Up-gradation of the infrastructure required for effective collection and

disposal of waste
Adoption of scientific technology for disposal of waste
Improve the skills of the conservancy staff
Expected
Outcome
Hygienic conditions and a clean city

Waste segregation at source
Suitable treatment for different kinds of waste
Exhibit 8-14: Projects identified by ULB and Consultant for Solid Waste Management
ULBs Suggestion
Effective collection of waste
Proper disposal of collected waste
Project Rationale
As per the demand assessment, in 2035,
Hoshangabad city would generate 95 MT of
waste daily. To effectively handle the generated
waste, a pre-emptive action of developing a
proper Solid Waste Management system is
inevitable.
Solid
Waste
Management
Hoshangabad city
system
for
Sub- Projects
Promoting door-to-door collection
Augmenting Collection Infrastructure
Development and augmentation of landfill site
Details of Sub projects to be undertaken as the realization of the strategies:

C. Collection Infrastructure:
A. Door-to-door Collection: The practice currently being followed includes a majority of residents
dumping waste outside their houses or at the collection point. This results in scattering of
waste which results in poor collection. To achieve an effective waste collection, practice of
105
door-to-door collection should be initiated which needs to be supported by necessary

awareness generation programmes.
B. Primary Collection: Augmentation of primary collection involves capacity addition in the area
of equipment used in the waste collection including community bins. As per the demand
assessment, on a priority need, a total of 12 tricycles and 119 wheel barrow would need to be
added to the existing fleet by year 2015 to meet the respective demand in the year 2015. In
addition around 147 community bins will need to be added to the existing capacity of 152
community bins.
C. Secondary Collection: Secondary collection involves transportation of waste from collection
points to the disposal site. At present, secondary collection is carried out by tractor and autotipper. Some of the container bins used with dumper placer is rendered unutilized due to the
difficulty faced by Municipality in manoeuvring the container bins from the narrow streets of
Hoshangabad. On a priority, secondary collection system should be strengthened to carry out
waste transportation in an effective manner. All the waste transportation vehicles should be
covered to avoid the spilling of waste.
2. Development and augmentation of the landfill site: The demand-gap assessment reveals the
generation of 95 MT of waste in the town by 2035 against the current generation of 50 MT. By
2015, the generation is estimated to be 58 MT. This analysis has been carried out as per UDPFI
guidelines according to which daily per capita waste generation is 414 gm. The current available
disposal site is around 7.47 acres in area. The collected waste is just dumped at the site. In the
absence of proper disposal mechanism, the net area required for the disposal becomes more
than the requirement. According to our analysis, the existing dumping site will not be sufficient to
meet the long term needs. A new Dumping site of 7.5 acres to cater to the demand of 2015 is
needed at a priority. The dumping site would have to be well-equipped to ensure proper waste
segregation and composting facilities. In addition, the dumping site would need to be provided
with the basic facilities of compound walls, BT/CC approach road, electrification, etc.
Exhibit 8-15 Solid Waste Management: Initiatives to be taken by the Nagar Palika
Augmenting the size of the conservancy
staff
Purchase of additional equipment
Identification of areas for construction of
public conveniences
Hoshangabad Nagar Palika in

consultation
with
106
8.5.6 Street Lighting, Fire Fighting and Power

Sector Goal: To provide 100% road network with energy efficient lighting facilities and ensure
sufficient safety for citizens and their properties against fire.
are:
YEAR
Components
New Installation
STREET
LIGHTNING
Fire
Fighting
2025
Installation of 591
tube lights, 195
high power lamps
and 2 High mast
lamps
2035
Installation of 879
tube light, 290
high power lamp
and 3 high mast
lamps in addition
to previous
installments.
Would be
included under
O&M
Yes, Additional 35
Km
Installation of
street lights in the
ratio of 75% :
25% of tube light:
halogens
Underground cabling
yes
Energy savings
Installation of
ratio of 75% :
25% of tube light:
halogens
Would be
included under
O&M
Yes, additional 24
Km
Installation of
ratio of 75% :
25% of tube light:
halogens
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
To be ensured in
close coordination
with state govt
To be ensured in
close coordination
with state govt
To be ensured in
close coordination
with state govt
To be ensured in
close coordination
with state govt
Yes (Options like
energy from
waste, biogas,
solar, etc)
To be ensured in
close coordination
with state govt
To be ensured in
close coordination
with state govt
Yes (Options like
energy from
waste, biogas,
solar, etc)
Up gradation
100% fire safety

coverage
Fully equipped power
station
24/7 Electricity Supply
Power
2015
Installation of
tube light or a
high power lamp
on every 30 m of
road length currently sufficient
installations
Would be
included under
O&M
100 % coverage
Development of
Alternative Power
Sources
Yes (Solar)
Core Strategy
Street Lighting:
To achieve the goal of 100 % coverage of road network by street light, a massive augmentation will
have to be undertaken in this sector. A survey of existing roads and street lights should be carried out
to obtain information pertaining to number of street lights, type of street lights, energy consumption
and roads uncovered with street lights. The findings of this survey should then be integrated with the
plan related to the road network. All new roads should be provided with the street lightings with proper
arrangement for the underground cables.
107
Fire Fighting:
To ensure 100% safety against fire, capacity addition in terms of equipment and workforce should be
carried out. The safety of staff should also be of paramount interest and hence, necessary safety
equipment and accessories should be procured. A rapid information system and a fire-station should
be developed to minimize the reaching time to the affected site.
Power:
The primary responsibility of generation and distribution of power lies with MP State Electricity Board.
But, urban local bodies can explore the options of alternate power in order to compensate for the
electricity deficits. Hoshangabad municipality should evaluate the options of generating power from
alternate sources such as Solar, Municipal Waste, Biogas, Agricultural waste, etc. In addition to this,
Hoshangabad municipality should also work in coordination to MP state electricity board to ensure
100 % coverage of city properties.
existing levels
Exhibit 8-16 Street Lighting, Fire Fighting and Power: Long Term and Short Term Interventions
Sector
Interventions
Required
Increase in the number of high power and high mast lamps, and installations of
more streetlights w.r.t to roads
Increasing the number of street lights by 788 & 1173 by year 2015 &2035 resp.
Underground cabling: 24 kms by year 2025 and additional 35 kms by year 2035
Feasibility studies for alternate power sources
Expected
Outcome
City wide coverage of road network with energy efficient street lights.
100 % coverage and safety against the fires.
Details of Sub-projects to be undertaken:
1. Addition of Streetlights: The Nagar Palika needs to add 788 street lights to match the demand of
2015. By the year 2035, city would require to add around 1173 street lights to provide 100%
coverage of the city road network.
2. Underground Cabling: To cover all street lights with underground cables, city would require to lay
around 24 kms of cable by year 2025 and additional 35 kms by year 2035.
3. Fire Fighting: To ensure a safety against the fire, municipality should procure 1 foam crash
tender, 1 small fire engine, 1 motor fire engine, 1 rescue tender and 1 portable pump in the short
term and 2 foam crash tender, 2 small fire engine, 1 motor fire engine, 2 rescue tender and 2
portable pump in the long term. In addition to the procurement of above items, municipality should
also undertake the construction of fully equipped fire stations.
4. Power: Municipality should carry out feasibility studies to explore the potential of alternate power
sources in Hoshangabad. If found feasible, relevant projects should be undertaken to achieve
self-sufficiency.
108
Exhibit 8-17 Street Lighting, Fire Fighting and Power: Initiatives to be taken by HNP
Street Lighting and Fire Fighting

Power
Hoshangabad Nagar Palika and Govt of MP
8.6 Sector Goals and Strategies - Social Infrastructure

8.6.1 Health
Sector Goal: To equip Hoshangabad with state-of-art health infrastructure so as to reduce the
dependence on other cities
are:
Sector
Health
Components
Doctors per 1000 population
Beds per 1000 population
Effective implementation of
health programmes and
related services in the slum
areas of the city
Regular checks for water
contamination in all water
bodies of the city
2015
1.5
1
To be carried in
coordination of
Dept. of Health,
GoMP
Yes (Provision to
be made for
necessary
infrastructure)
2025
2
2
To be carried in
coordination of
Dept. of Health,
GoMP
2035
1
3
2
2.6
To be carried in
coordination of
Dept. of Health,
GoMP
Yes
Yes
Core Strategy
For the provision of medical infrastructure, Hoshangabad Municipalitys role is limited to primary level
services. To promote medical facilities, Nagar Palika must provide a conductive environment for other
government agencies and private developers in the form of support infrastructure, incentives, etc.
Future steps towards improvement in health care facilities should be based on certain principles.
There needs to be an emphasis on participatory planning in medical care, quality health care and
client satisfaction and preventive health care measures. Municipality should target the eradication of
preventable diseases by 2015. This may be helped by the supply of good quality drinking water and
sanitation facilities and strict control and supervision of hotels and roadside food vendors. A resolution
As per Health Data from Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)
http://www.financialexpress.com/news/indias-patient-hospital-bed-ratio-not-in-pink-of-health/518361/
109
of the mosquito menace will eradicate the slew of health issues. Total vaccination of the population as
per WHO schedules should also be completed by 2015.
To ensure quality medical care to the under-privileged, Nagar Palika should make plans for involving
private doctors by providing them with free space in existing Corporation dispensaries. To achieve
the goals by finalized strategies, we have estimated the number of hospitals and other medical
institutions that would be required in the city. These estimations have been done in accordance to the
UDPFI guidelines.
1.
General Hospital: As per the UDPFI guidelines, the city need bed capacity of 280 by year 2015
and 430 by 2035. Existing General hospital has around 180 beds which need to be increased to
280 by year 2015. By year 2035, the city would require hospitals providing 430 beds. This can be
either achieved by upgrading the existing facilities or developing new ones.
2.
Nursing Homes: City requires an addition of 10 beds capacity in 2015, 2025 and 2035.
3.
Dispensaries: City would require additional 4 dispensaries to cater to the demand of 2015, and
addition of 3 dispensaries in both 2025 and 2035 each.
As discussed earlier, Municipalitys role in this sector is limited to the provision of providing basic
services and catalyzing involvement of other departments. Availability of land is a necessity in this
sector for which Tehsil office, Hoshangabad should be consulted.
8.6.2 Education
Sector Goal: To achieve a 100% literacy rate with student-friendly educational institutions
are:
Sector
Education
Components
Literacy Rate
Enrollment in primary
schools
2015
85%
2025
95%
2035
100%
90%
100%
100%
Teacher Student
Ratio
60% of prescribed
Teacher Student
ratio
80% of prescribed
Teacher Student
ratio
100% of prescribed
Teacher Student
ratio
Institutions for Higher

Education
No
Yes
No
Core Strategy
For the provision of educational infrastructure, Hoshangabad Municipalitys role is limited to primary
level services. To promote higher-level education, Nagar Palika must provide a conductive
environment for other government agencies and private developers in the form of support
infrastructure, incentives, etc.
Nagar Palika may encourage public private partnership in primary education for maintenance of
buildings and infrastructure. It should take strong steps to ensure the quality of education in schools
through standardization and performance incentives. To achieve the goals by finalized strategies, we
have estimated the number of schools and other educational institutions that would be required to
achieve a 100% literacy rate. These estimations have been done in accordance to the UDPFI
guidelines.
110
g)
Schools: This section deals with requirements for various kinds of schools.
Primary Schools: The overarching goal in this sector is to achieve 100% literacy rate in the
city. By year 2015, city would require 56 schools in total i.e. an addition of 8 primary schools,
each of which would accommodate average of 500 students. In the long term, i.e. by year
2035, city would need to add additional 35 primary schools to its fleet.
Secondary Schools: By year 2015, city would require 19 schools in total, an addition of 4
schools, each of which would accommodate around 1000 students. In the long term, i.e. by
year 2035, city would need to additional 11 senior secondary schools.
Integrated Schools with Hostel Facilities: The city need 1 such school to accommodate
around 1000 students.
h) College: City at present has sufficient number of this type of institution to deal with the
existing demand. But keeping future prospects of town in mind, a college with state-of-art
facilities is proposed in the town to accommodate around 1000 students.
As discussed earlier, Municipalitys role in this sector is limited to the provision of providing basic
services and catalyzing involvement of other departments. Availability of land is a necessity in this
sector for which Tehsil office, Hoshangabad should be consulted.
8.6.3 Other Social Infrastructure - Recreational

Sector Goal: To provide a universal access to quality social infrastructure to improve the
overall quality of life in Hoshangabad.
are:
Sector
Components
Developed existing
parks
Area coverage under
recreational facilities
Other Social
Infrastructure
Playing facilities
Provision for greenbelts in future
development plans
Sufficient
infrastructure at mela
/exhibition ground
2015
2025
2035
Yes
Yes
Yes
15% of town area

(as per UDPFI)
Play grounds,
stadium and
swimming Pool
15% of town area

(as per UDPFI)
15% of town area

(as per UDPFI)
Play grounds
Play grounds
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Core Strategy
The core strategy adopted in this sector focuses on the development of socio-cultural facilities which
help in elevating overall quality of life in Hoshangabad City. Some of the key facilities considered
under this approach are community rooms, community hall, library, recreational club, parks, sport
complex, and a swimming pool. Nagar Palika may also encourage public private partnership in this
area for maintenance of buildings and infrastructure.
111

Exhibit 8-18presents the broad strategies being proposed to address the gaps identified in the
existing levels
Exhibit 8-18 Other Social Infrastructures: Long Term and Short Term Interventions
Sector
Interventions
Required
Allocation and Identification of land
Expected
Outcome
Improved quality of life
Land acquisition
Up gradation of existing facilities
Improved access to the recreational facilities

Considering the stakeholders view and standard guidelines, following projects have been proposed in
the town:
1. Community Rooms: In the short term, 3 new community rooms should be constructed and
this number should be gradually increased to 10 in the long term.
2.
Community Hall and Library: 1 community hall and library should be constructed in the
city.
3.
Recreational Club: A recreational club with facilities ranging from basic indoor games and
other social activities should be constructed in the city
4.
Parks: The vacant land in the city should be identified and developed as parks to serve
the dual purpose of increasing the green cover in the city and provide citizens with open
spaces for recreation.
5.
Sports Complex: An integrated complex, as suggested during stakeholder consultations,

should be developed with the aim of inculcating a sports culture in the city. The complex
should have provisions for indoor and outdoor sports.
6.
Swimming Pool: A community swimming pool should be developed in the town. This
project can be developed either as a part of sports complex or independently depending on
the feasibility and availability of land.
This section discussed the basic details of the projects proposed as the realization of sector
Exhibit 8-19 Other Social Infrastructures: Implementation Agencies


112
8.6.4 Social Security Schemes

Key areas which should be addressed as part of providing social security to urban poor are:
Sector
Social
Security
Schemes
Components
Security of tenure for urban poor
Inclusion of 100% urban poor population
under social sectors schemes
Pucca housing for urban poor
2015
Yes
2025
Yes
2035
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes (Through IHSDP and

other similar schemes)
Yes
Yes
Core Strategy
To address various components, municipality should conduct a comprehensive survey to collect all
information on urban poor. The details pertaining to land ownership shall then be analyzed and
necessary actions should be taken to provide poor with a security of tenure. The findings of the
aforementioned survey shall also be used to include 100 % poor population under social security
schemes.
8.7 Sector Goal and Strategies - Economic Development

Sector Goal: Sustainable economic development on the basis of inherent strengths of the city
through promotion of health, education, tourism and industrial sectors focus on local
employment opportunities.
Core Strategy
The town economy is predominantly agrarian in nature with majority of the workers engaged in
primary sector activities. In addition to this, town also attracts significant number of religious tourists
throughout the year. The town, in general, lacks a sound manufacturing base. To have a sustainable
growth, certain interventions are necessary to facilitate the local economic development.
Hoshangabad city, at present, lacks organised market areas. Hence, market areas with state-of-art
infrastructure could be developed to realize the untapped potential. This will also generate additional
employment. In addition to providing support to boost the local economy, a significant growth can be
achieved if the manufacturing base in the town is strengthened. The location of Hoshangabad on the
banks of River Narmada equips it with the huge potential for development in the area of tourism which
is already a major contributor to the citys economy and can further be developed to provide better
employment opportunities to citizens. In a nutshell, following strategies need to be adopted for
sustainable economic development:
1. River front development and improving tourism infrastructure
2. Incentivizing agriculture
3. Strengthening the markets
4. Improving transportation infrastructure
5. Better facilities for loading-unloading at Railway station
6. Actualizing ancillary tourism potential of the town
7. Promoting small & medium scale industries.
Exhibit 8-20 presents the broad strategies being proposed to address the gaps identified in the
existing levels
113
Exhibit 8-20 Local Economy: Long Term and Short Term Interventions
Sector
Interventions
Required
Rejuvenation of trade and commerce
Expected
Outcome
New employment opportunities
Development of an industrial area

Promotional activities to showcase Hoshangabads potential
Improved average income and access to better facilities

1. Development of Commercial Areas: This can further be divided into development of new
commercial areas and up gradation of existing commercial areas. New commercial areas can
include dedicated markets for important commodities or general markets. In addition to the
development of new markets, existing markets can be upgraded to increase their capacity
and provide better services to the users and customers.
2. Development of Industrial Area for Small & Medium scale industries: With the objective of
diversifying the economic base of Hoshangabad city, an industrial park small & medium scale
industries should be developed. A land should be identified either within the municipal limits
or near to the city boundary and proposal should be sent to the appropriate authorities for the
same. This would thrust to the employment generation activities result into the overall
upliftment of the society
3. Development of Hawkers Zone: Depending on the land availability and market demand,
hawkers zones should be developed in the city. The Hawkers zone would dedicate space to
the hawkers and hence reducing congestion on the city roads, making waste collection easier
and making it easier for customers to shop.
4. Organization of Trade Fairs and Other Exhibitions: With the objective of attracting private
investments, trade fairs and other exhibitions should be organized at regular intervals in the
city. This would serve the multiple purposes of showcasing Hoshangabads potential,
rejuvenating the stagnated hospitality institutions and employment generation.
Exhibit 8-21 Local Economy: Implementation Agencies


8.8 Sector Goals and Strategies - Environment and Tourism

8.8.1 Heritage & Tourism
Sector Goal: Position Hoshangabad as a tourism hub with state-of-art facilities to tourists
are:
114
1. Hospitality Institutions and Entertainment infrastructure

2. Riverfront development
3. Regional Connectivity
Core Strategy:
As a measure to effectively utilize the citys potential, a comprehensive survey should be carried out
for the tourist coming to Hoshangabad. The survey should try to elicit details like frequency of visit,
willingness to stay in Hoshangabad, services they expect, willingness to pay for better infrastructure,
etc. This survey would provide us with an extensive database and would be critical for public and
private sector in setting up necessary infrastructure like hospitality institutions, transportation,
recreational / entertainment infrastructure, etc.
There lies enormous tourism potential in Hoshangabad in the form of Ghats. Taking cue from other
cities which have carried out River Front Development works, River front along Narmada can also be
developed further as a long term measure to improve the environmental condition, promote tourism
and generate revenue.

c) River Front Development
a.
Beautification of Ghats
Ghats are the integral part of citys socio-economic culture. In addition to serving the cultural and
religious purpose, Ghats are also crucial to the economy of Hoshangabad as they attract
maximum number of religious tourists. Hence, efforts should be concentrated on the beautification
of Ghats, improvement in facilities, safety & security and cleanliness.
The city has about 5 km stretch of riverfront which has significant potential to be
developed into an attractive landscaped leisure area. The concept of riverfront development
bank could therefore feature on a riverfront heritage walkway, improvement to bathing
Ghats , developing sanitation facilities, public conveniences and relocation of burial facilities,
embankment wall and landscaping. The project could be structured with grant assistance for
developing the leisure walk.
The riverfront in Hoshangabad could be developed with landscaped garden and walkway as it has
substantial amount of relatively undeveloped land alongside the riverbank. The implementation of
this component could be phased out along with land development component.
Demand analysis of this unique project should be undertaken featuring on willingness to pay for
pay-n-use facilities for parking, leisure walk or garden to the extent feasible. Parking
facilities could be provided which would generate some revenue for meeting the operating costs.
Advertising and limited commercial activities could also be considered to the extent feasible for
meeting the operating costs. Implementation road map needs to be prepared which would phase
out the components and costs to the extent sustainable for the Municipality. Innovative revenue
mobilization strategies and packaging shall be reviewed for structuring on a cost recovery
format to meet the recurring/operation and maintenance costs to the extent feasible.
115
b.
Development of View Points
As a measure to promote tourism, few viewpoints can be developed on the banks of river
Narmada to attract tourists and provide citizens with another spot for recreation. It was revealed
during the consultations that Kori Ghat and Raj Ghat offer enormous potential for their
development.
c.
Development of Ropeway trolleys
In order to enhance tourism, ropeway trolley has been proposed across river Narmada. The
pilgrims visiting the city during festive seasons will be able to get the scenic view of the river, ghats
and its surrounding areas. This will become an affective source of income generation for Nagar
Palika.
d) Development of Entry Gates
Development of entry gates at four entry points like Bhopal Road, Itarsi Road, Pipariya Road and
Harda Road would give the tourists a taste of rich culture of Hoshangabad. It will also help in
demarcating the Municipal limits.
8.8.2 Environment
Sector Goal: To accomplish clean, green and safe living environment for all citizens
are:
1. Pollution Sources; Air, Water, Soil and Noise
2. Demand / Supply side control
Core Strategy
For retaining the healthy status of Hoshangabads urban environment, several planning and
conservation initiatives need to be taken. This could be achieved through the proper zoning of
activities, provision for sufficient breathing space in new development and adoption of proper
landscape design practices at the city level. It is also important to promote conservation in the region
consciously. There should be a clear-cut strategy to conserve and protect the physical environment,
including rivers and hills in and around Hoshangabad city. It is important to weigh the environmental
impact of the new programs or development schemes. Lately, a large number of unauthorized layouts
have come up in the city, near to the citys fringes or in fringe areas. It is important to devise a plan,
which can check the growth of these unauthorized developments, especially within the citys
precincts. River conservation should also be explored with the possibilities of reviving it or points of
interest in the city.
116
1. Air Quality: Periodic monitoring and review is essential to check air quality. To create awareness
amongst user groups, the status of air pollution may be revealed through display systems
instituted at major locations in the city. Suitable plantations or green cover should be provided on
major routes to supplement better air quality.
2. Water Pollution: Efforts/schemes should be designed to check the diversion of sewage flow into
city lakes through appropriately located sewage treatment plants. Considering the issues related
to the demand for treating large amounts of sewage generated in Hoshangabad city,
decentralized sewage treatment is recommended.
3. Water Bodies Conservation: For water body conservation and rejuvenation, proper attention
should be given to existing lakes and water bodies in the city. A comprehensive water body
restoration or revival program in the region is of utmost importance. It is important to draw up
plans for the regeneration of the extinct River Narmada and address issues related to its pollution
through city sewage and other wastes.
4. Ground Water Recharge: With the state government constantly stressing on curbing the
depletion of ground water level, Hoshangabad municipality should take proactive measures in
this direction.
5. Green Spaces: A critical issue that needs to be addressed on the priority basis is the
development of green spaces within the city limits to enhance the overall quality of the
environment.
6. Development of a Regional Plan: To ensure sustainable development with optimum resource
utilization, it may be necessary to develop a regional plan that envisages a balanced relationship
between the main city and surrounding regions. For maintenance of open space, the planning
authority at the regional level should prepare a detailed inventory of the space and explore its
probable multiple uses or forms for recreation and visual pleasure. Possibilities to include the
private sector for maintenance of these areas should be explored.
strategies. The financial details of these projects including amount of investment and its phasing
have been discussed in chapter 9 (City Investment Plan).
8.9 Sector Goal and Strategies - Urban Poor

Sector Goal: To achieve hygienic environment in slums, access to basic services and quality
housing for all slum households with the ultimate aim of a slum-free city.
are:
Sector
Urban
Poor
Components
Access to water
connection
Access to public toilets
and urinal facilities for
all slum households
Access to dustbins
and secondary storage
points
2015
135 lpcd to all
dwellers
100% of
households (1
Community Toilet
per 60 users)
Door to Door
Collection( could
look for a PPP
2025
135 lpcd to all
dwellers
100% of
households (1
Community Toilet
per 60 users)
Door to Door
Collection( could
look for a PPP
2035
135 lpcd to all
dwellers
100% of households
(1 Community Toilet
per 60 users)
Door to Door
Collection( could
look for a PPP
117
Sector
Components
Up gradation of kutcha
roads to PCC roads in
slums
Improved drainage
systems
Adequate street
lighting facilities
Education facilities
Adequate health
facilities
2015
Project for the city)
2025
2035
Provision under
IHSDP
Maintenance and
up gradation
Maintenance and up
gradation
Covering all roads
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Core Strategy
The following strategies are proposed to address the issues of urban poor and slum development in
Hoshangabad.
Making land available to the poor at affordable prices and ensuring the provision of housing, urban
infrastructure, and transport services on the fringes of the cities, can provide alternatives that would
restrict the formation of new slums. Simple strategies like reservation of land for EWS housing can
ensure the creation of sufficient and affordable housing stock in the city.
Perhaps the most important change needed in managing Hoshangabads slums is fostering a
collaborative partnership between local authorities and communities, with strong support from the
government. Local authorities are the city planners, financiers, and providers of infrastructure
services. Their performance depends on good governance at the city level involving communities
living in informal settlements. This implies working with the urban poor as partners in the city
development process, and not seeing them as obstacles, as is too often the case today. Community
organizations can provide a voice for the urban poor and ensure that their interests are met in slum up
gradation programmes and urban planning.
Strategies for improving security of tenure are central to the improvement of the lives of slum dwellers
and land use in urban areas. This may require reform of tenure and land-use legislation, coupled with
new legislation to prevent forced eviction. In enhancing access to land, it must be ensured that
women have equal access to land tenure and title rights. Improvement of security of tenure requires a
high degree of tailoring to local needs as the ownership of slum lands varies radically in the slum
settlements of Hoshangabad. It would be in the interests of the slum dwellers to ensure that a single
agency works on ensuring tenure rights, irrespective of the owners of the slum sites. It is also
suggested that such decisions should be made by the slum dwellers themselves. For this, their
organizations should be recognized as critical partners on par with local authorities. This could be
facilitated by NGOs, CBOs and other networks of urban poor.
For the planning and implementation of any slum development scheme, it is essential to create an
updated database on the conditions of slum settlements, preferably through GIS and maintain this
updated data.
Wherever possible, community organizations should be supported and allowed to play an active role
in preparing and executing plans for slum up gradation/redevelopment. It is critical to prioritize slums
118
to be considered under slum development schemes through consultation and public opinion.
Information about the scheme should be transparent and communicated through common platforms
to ensure participation from communities as well. While housing quality is a concern, this can be
addressed by training a committee of local people to take up construction contracts or monitor
construction quality.
While planning for redevelopment of slums, Nagar Palika should focus on infrastructure such as
sewers, piped water, and electricity grids. Investments in improved sanitation should receive high
priority to improve the quality of life and reduce the high burden of oral-fecal diseases in informal
settlements caused by widespread open defecation.
Effective hygiene education and awareness-building programs are essential to create demand for
sanitation and to ensure its adequate use by all household members. Other investments required as
part of slum up gradation include investment in storm water drainage, community facilities, local
markets, and street lighting. Health services require investments as well. As mentioned earlier,
nutrition interventions for both the general population and vulnerable groups will reduce morbidity and
mortality among the urban poor. Clinics/health posts need to be more accessible, located where the
needs are the strongest, and open during hours that can accommodate the schedules of the working
poor.
Sound urban planning and standards are also central to averting or mitigating the impact of floods,
landslides and storms. This is particularly true in case of the slum population which is the most
vulnerable. It is essential to create inbuilt disaster prevention and management mechanisms for them
to successfully grapple with both natural and man-made disasters. This could be a part of the city
disaster management plan as well.
Access to credit mechanisms is of particular importance; the poor can incrementally invest in housing,
if they have adequate security of tenure, and this can become an important means of asset
accumulation.
The broad sector interventions to address both the short and long term requirements are listed below:
Exhibit 8-22: Urban Poor: Long Term and Short Term Interventions
Survey to collect the exact data pertaining to existing status of slums
Sector
Interventions
Required
Making land and houses available at affordable prices

Equipping existing slums and developed areas with necessary infrastructure
Create awareness for better hygiene and education
Employment generation initiatives
Expected
Outcome
Equitable society
Better infrastructure for the downtrodden

Based on our analysis, demand pertaining to various issues related to urban poor was identified.
These demands were found to be in tune with those identified under proposed IHSDP project. IHSDP
envisages rehabilitation of 297 households at 16 sites. Various proposals made under this scheme
are as follows:
1. Housing: Under this scheme, 297 housing units each of 30.2 sqm having two rooms, one kitchen
and one toilet are proposed. Houses will be constructed in Ground + 2 Floor complexes.
119
2. Water: It has been proposed that all the households will be served through piped water. To
connect all proposed housing units, 11960 m of water supply pipeline and 4 new tube wells will
be needed.
3. Sanitation: A pour flush latrine integrated with each dwelling unit and 147 m of sewer line which
would be integrated with the proposed city sewerage system.
4. Roads: Cement concrete roads of 5474 m are proposed to be constructed to connect all the
housing units and internal roads with the main road. The proposal suggests a 2. 5, 3 and 6 m
wide Cement Concrete roads.
5. Storm Water Drainage: All roads are to be provided with storm water drains that translate into
8790 m of storm water drainage.
6. Street Lights: Around 34 electric poles are to be provided at the sites.
7. Social Amenities: A Vendors platform and Gaushala are proposed under the IHSDP scheme.
8.10 Sector Goal and Strategies - Urban Governance and Institutional

Development
Sector Goal: Well managed city with proactive and proficient staff
are:
No.
1
2
3
4
Achievement Target
Decentralization of urban functions to local bodies
Establish clarity of roles and responsibilities.
Training to enhance capacity building.
Peoples Participation in Governance
2015
100%
100%
100%
50%
2025
100%
100%
100%
80%
2035
100%
100%
100%
100%
Core Strategy:
The decentralization of urban functions to local bodies has increased their responsibilities manifold.
For the prescribed level of service delivery, Hoshangabad municipality should take concerted actions
to augment the capacity, wherever necessary, and enable existing staff to perform efficiently by
providing them with necessary training. E-governance will be very helpful in smoothening various
process & procedures. It will also lead to an expeditious service delivery.
Details of Projects:
1. Computerization: Hoshangabad municipality should initiate the process of computerization in
its administration. Computerization will benefit most of its functions ranging from municipal
accounting to tax management. The introduction of E-Governance will help in smoothening
the processes and improvement in the efficiency.
2. Capacity Building: The procurement of computers should be supplemented by providing
training to the staff.
3. GIS Mapping: A GIS mapping of the city properties will be very helpful in the provision of
efficient services to the citizens. This would also help in keeping a tab on tax evaders.
120
8.11 Conclusion
This chapter dealt with the city vision, sector goals and sector strategies to achieve sector goals. The
discussion on sector strategies was followed by the identification of interventions required in every
sector. This was followed by the identification of projects and project implementation agencies.
The next chapter deals with the City Investment Plan which provides the details of investment
requirement of city to execute the various identified projects.
121
City Investment Plan
To achieve the formulated vision of Hoshangabad, a City Investment Plan (CIP) has been prepared
through a comprehensive process of assessment of gaps in physical and social infrastructure sectors.
This assessment has also led to the identification of sector specific strategies, implementation actions
and associated reforms with specific inputs from stakeholders.
The strategies adopted primarily have three dimensions; improving the service delivery by efficiency
measures, improving service delivery by creating infrastructure assets and improving the governance
aspects of Hoshangabad Municipality. This section summarizes the capital investments required for
creating infrastructure assets and various strategic interventions required in the implementation of
such projects; these strategies are both investments oriented and administrative oriented.
9.1 City Investment Plan (CIP)

The City Investment Plan is a multi-year scheduling of identified and prioritized investments. The
scheduling or phasing of the plan is based on the assessment of fiscal resources availability (for new
investments and O&M), technical capacity for construction and O&M, and the choice of specific
improvements to be carried out by 2015-16.
The need for the CIP is on account of:
City growth and infrastructure needs (to be carried out once every five years)
Scheduling of investments of ongoing projects due to cost and/ or time overruns
Assigning of priorities within the constraints of available financial resources
9.2 Institutionalising the CIP Process

The City Investment Plan is an important element and is significant in terms of the citys management
process and sustainability with regard to the delivery of basic services. The CIP will also provide a
framework for the annual budget cycle of Hoshangabad Municipality for the next five years. As a part
of Hoshangabad CDP, CIP includes the following:
The desired service levels/ standards for infrastructure provision;
Identified the roles and responsibilities of various stakeholders in the implementation of
identified projects.
Project phasing and strategies for implementation.
In Hoshangabad, Hoshangabad Municipality has the primary responsibility of delivering municipal
services. So the CDP proposals will have to be implemented by the municipality. The projects,
prioritization, investment phasing, strategies and action plan are framed accordingly.
The CIP involved the identification of public facilities to cater demand of the city populace in the years
2015 and 2035. The projects have been identified through a demand-gap analysis for various urban
services. Identification of projects was followed by their prioritization based on the stakeholders
consultation. The projects identified are aimed at ensuring the optimal and efficient utilization of
existing infrastructure systems and enhancing the capacity of the systems/services to cater to the
demands of future population. In addition to the projects which are related to major urban services,
122
CIP also includes developmental projects like greenery development, parking spaces, system
modernization etc.
The CIP and forecasted future needs for provision of capital facilities under each identified sector is
presented below. These assets will help Hoshangabad in improving the quality and coverage of
service for the current population as well as accommodate the expected increase in population. In
some of the sectors like source augmentation for water supply, development of landfill site etc, a
planning horizon of 25 years has been considered. Hoshangabad Municipality expects that these
infrastructure assets would not only guarantee services to its citizens, but also signal a proactive
commitment to potential investors.
9.3 City priorities

A questionnaire survey to elicit stakeholders responses on key issues faced by city and extent of their
severity was done. A questionnaire, provided in Annexure B, was designed by IMaCS team to gain a
comprehensive understanding of city-level and ward-specific issues encountered by citizens of
Hoshangabad. The questionnaire survey tried to obtain stakeholders vision of city, prioritization of
criticality of various urban services and prioritization of criticality of various components in each
sector.
The questionnaire was divided into two parts; one corresponding to the entire city and the second part
corresponding to the ward specific issues.
In the first part of the questionnaire, we discussed upon some of the important aspects of the city;
such as the economic drivers of the city which would help sustain the city in future. Infrastructure
amenities were also to be ranked according to individualistic view on the criticality of the issues.
These amenities were further de segmented and were again ranked to get the adequacy of the
supporting infrastructure and facilities related to these sectors. The sectors which were looked upon
were: Road network, Road surface condition, Availability of water, Sewerage facility, Storm water
drainage, Solid waste management, Health facilities, Education facilities, and greenery and adequacy
of open space e.g. adequacy of parks, lawns in the city etc. Also, we tried to bring out the critical
areas and the sectors which need immediate attention and would help the city to be independent and
lead towards development were discussed.
In the second part of the questionnaire, all the infrastructure facilities were discussed ward wise, and
issues like what does the ward needs in order to prosper and provide its residents with a better quality
of life were discussed. This part also contained certain qualitative questions discussing the critical
issues faced by the wards and what are the immediate desperate needs to improve the quality of life.
The data collected through the questionnaire survey was analyzed to prioritize various
sectors/services of the city according to their criticality. In addition to this, various components of each
sector were also prioritized in order to identify the critical areas of all urban sectors/services. The data
set included 40 responses for each question of the questionnaire.
Questionnaire analysis:
A basic analysis which includes percentage of respondents who have ranked various infrastructure
sectors on a scale of 1 to 9 is given in
Exhibit 9-1.
Exhibit 9-1 suggests that Sewerage, Storm Water Drainage System and Health Infrastructure are
among the most critical problems of Hoshangabad city.
123
Exhibit 9-1 Status of Infrastructure Facilities

Rank
Total
Road Network
5.00
15.0
15.0
25.0
20.0
5.00
10.0
5.00
100%
Road surface Condition
20.0
10.0
25.0
15.0
10.0
5.00
15.0
100%
Availability of water
10.0
5.00
10.0
30.0
5.00
10.0
30.0
100%
Sewerage facility
5.00
35.0
5.00
5.00
15.0
10.0
20.0
5.00
100%
Storm Water Drainage facility
30.0
35.0
10.0
10.0
5.00
10.0
100%
Solid Waste
20.00
10.00
15.00
10.00
5.00
5.00
15.00
20.00
100%
Health Facility
5.00
5.00
25.00
15.00
20.00
10.00
20.00
100%
Education Facility
5.00
5.00
20.00
10.00
15.00
15.00
25.00
5.00
100%
Parks
10.00
10.00
15.00
30.00
35.00
100%
In addition to a preliminary analysis, an overall rank for each sector was derived out of cumulative
perception in terms of its criticality. A decreasing rank order of various infrastructure facilities is given
in Exhibit 9-2. The ranking thus obtained lays down a path for prioritization of development works in the
city. It would try to synchronize the usage of developmental funds with the needs of the city. It should
be kept in mind that Exhibit 9-2 is only an indicator of relative criticality of various sectors/services.
Exhibit 9-2 Ranking of Infrastructure Facilities
Rank
Infrastructure Facility
Storm Water Drainage
Road Surface Condition
Sewerage facility
Health Facility
Road Network
Education facility
Parks, Lawns
A detailed analysis was carried out for each sector in order to identify the most critical problem within
each sector. The findings of this analysis will be useful while devising City Investment Plan, Annual
Action Plan and Prioritization of projects within each sector. Exhibit 9-3 lists most critical problems in
the various sectors/services of the city.
Exhibit 9-3 Critical Sectoral Issues
Sector
Most critical problem
Water Supply
Supply Hours
Blocked Drains
Transportation
Encroachments
Shortage of collection site
124
As for the social infrastructure, stakeholders were asked to rank their perception on a scale of 1 to 4
with 1 being good, 2 being Satisfactory, 3 being Poor and 4 being Very Poor. Exhibit 9-4 quantifies
the stakeholders perception in terms percentage of responses that allotted every facility a particular
rank.
Exhibit 9-4 indicates that the city in-general suffers from poor social infrastructure which includes
parks, proper markets & parking space, recreational activities, and good education and health care.
Exhibit 9-4 State of Social Infrastructure
Social Infrastructure
Parks
Market
11
Movie Hall
11
Hotel/Restaurants
11
Street Shops
Playground/Stadium
0
0
1
3
12
10
5
4
Above was a brief analysis of the responses received during questionnaire survey. The findings of this
survey were of great assistance during various stages of the study.
125
9.4 Summary of Investments

The total estimated capital investment required for providing efficient services to the present
population and future population of Hoshangabad by the year 2035 is Rs. 275.52 crores at constant
prices. Of the total identified investment need a total of Rs. 129.29 crores is proposed for investment
for Hoshangabad Municipality by 2015.
Exhibit 9-5 Agency/ Period wise summary of Capital Investments
Investment Head (Agency/ Period)
Total investment Need of Hoshangabad by 2035
Investment by Hoshangabad Municipality by 2015
Rs. Crores
Rs. 275.52
Rs. 129.29
The planning horizon for the projects identified in sectors of urban poor/ slums, system modernization,
city beautification etc which are immediate in nature is 2015 and accordingly the entire identified
investment is proposed for funding by 2015 itself. In case of core service sectors of water supply,
sewerage, drainage, solid waste management, education and health infrastructure 2035 is considered
as the planning horizon and hence only part of the identified investment is proposed for funding by
2015. Hoshangabad will need to plan for the remaining identified investment to be funded beyond
2015. Also, the projects already under preparation by the ULB as indicated in the strategy section will
form a part of the total investment need identified in the CIP. Exhibit 9-6 presents the summary of
sector-wise total investment need and investments for 2015, 2025 & 2035.
Exhibit 9-6 Summary of Capital Investments
Investment Required
S.No
.
Hoshangabad
Sectors
A
Water Supply
B
Sewerage and Sanitation
C
Urban Roads, Transport & Traffic
D
Storm Water Drains
E
Street Lighting
F
G
Fire Infrastructure
H
Urban Poor/ Slums' Improvement
I
J
K
L
Economy
M
Heritage & Tourism
N
Urban Environment
O
Urban Governance
Total Investment Identified
Investment
by 2015
Investment
by 2025
Investment
by 2035
Rs. Lakhs
2,016.86
843.84
2,758.53
2,162.32
57.02
172.44
81.00
517.52
1,726.67
1,540.00
256.00
195.00
462.50
95.00
45.00
12,929.69
Rs. Lakhs
711.54
127.83
1,026.28
429.97
83.01
291.84
1,720.00
1,880.47
116.00
480.00
412.50
47.50
15.00
7,341.95
Rs. Lakhs
941.23
240.15
1,232.00
641.10
123.52
212.75
76.00
920.00
2,473.34
88.00
175.00
100.00
27.50
30.00
7,280.59
Total
Investment
Need
Rs. Lakhs
3,669.63
1,211.82
5,016.81
3,233.39
263.54
677.04
157.00
517.52
4,366.67
5,893.82
460.00
850.00
975.00
170.00
90.00
27,552.23
As can be observed from the table above, a total 46% of the identified investment need is proposed
for funding by 2015. From the perspective of sector priorities, about 55% of the investment required
for water supply will be proposed by year 2015 and Sewerage and Sanitation at 80%. Drains and
roads sectors envisage around 67% and 51% respectively of the identified investment by 2015 while
126
street lighting sector envisage about 22%, 40% is envisaged for health infrastructure and 26% for
education infrastructure of the identified investment by 2015.
Within the total investment proposed for Hoshangabad Municipality, apart from other investments
which include, health, education, community development etc, and maximum share is taken by the
Roads sector at 21 % followed by drain and water supply sector at 17% and 16% respectively.
Sewerage accounts for 8% and solid waste management account for 1% of the investment.
Sector wise details of the City Investment Plan, capital facilities costs, supportive actions and
implementation aspects are discussed in the following sections in detail. Demand-gap assessment
leading to various projects identification has already been done in chapter 6.
9.5 Capital needs/ investments Physical Infrastructure

9.5.1 Water Supply
The total investment need for water sector by year 2035 is estimated at Rs. 3670 lakhs. However the
gaps in the system are to be filled in phases in line with the quantum of population addition.
Accordingly, part of the identified investment proposed to be funded by 2015 to cater to the current
gaps and meet the immediate requirements. At present, the main source of water is river Narmada.
Priority needs (2015) / Long term needs (2035)
Sector/ Component
Water Supply
1 Source Augmentation
2 Treatment capacity
3 Distribution Network
4 Elevated Storage capacity w.r.t Supply
5 Raw Water Main
6 Clear Water Pump House
7 Feeder Network
8 Public Stand Posts
9 Metering System
Investment till 2015

(Rs. Lakhs)
2,016.86
151.00
336.00
360.16
280.22
65.96
71.25
503.00
3.75
245.52

(Rs. Lakhs)
1,652.77
487.07
275.41
78.70
3.75
807.84
Action Plan for Implementation (2015)

Water Supply
Investment
upto 2015(Rs.
lakhs)
Capital
Facilities
Support
Rs. 2016.86 Lakhs
Water supply Augmentation

Treatment Plant
Distribution
network
augmentation
Elevated storage reservoirs of
3.04 ML capacity
System
refurbishment
&
replacements
&
Metering System
2011
141
2012
432
2013
572
2014
608
2015
264
127
System
Sustenance
Measures
Action
Measures
Sector Notes
Performance
Monitoring
Indicators
Water Supply
Regularise
unauthorised
connections, Check distribution
leaks and reduce UFW
Improve collections to reach 85%
collection efficiency by 2015
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
The Municipality would have to develop a comprehensive watershed

management plan for the city including details of groundwater availability, use,
potential for increasing the water drawn from the available ground water
source of the town.
Identify the areas hitherto not covered by water distribution network and
develop a comprehensive plan for providing water supply to these areas.
Increase the number of domestic connections
Reserve land for zones that are good for water recharge and water
conservation
Capital investments on system refurbishment and replacement shall happen
only after conducting water audit and identification of UFW sources
Improvement of collection efficiency is applicable to both arrears and current
demand
Daily per capita water supply (min of 135 lpcd)
Elevated storage capacity w.r.t supply (33%)
Distribution network reach as % of road length (min 85%)
System coverage water HSCs as % of PT assessments (min 85%)
Cost recovery through user charges (100% O&M expenses)
9.5.2 Sewerage& Sanitation

The total investment need for sewerage sector by 2035 is estimated at Rs. 1212 lakhs. However the
gaps in the system are proposed to be filled in phases in line with the quantum of population addition
and augmentation of water supplies to the town. Accordingly part of the identified investment is
proposed to be funded by 2015 to cater to the current gaps and meet the immediate requirements.
Priority needs (2015) /Long term needs (2035)
Sector/ Component
1
2
3
4
5
6

Street Collector Sewer pipes
Branch sewer pipes
Trunk Sewer
Treatment Capacity
Community Sanitary Conveniences

Sewerage System/ UGD
Investment
Upto
843.84
2015(Rs.
lakhs)
Investment till 15
(Rs. Lakhs)
843.84
135.73
152.74
168.53
320.20
21.95
44.69

(Rs. Lakhs)
367.98
84.06
94.59
104.37
84.97
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
49.50
104.55
239.65
232.98
217.15
128
Capital
Facilities
Sewerage System/ UGD

Collection network augmentation
Sewerage Treatment Plants
Support
&
System
Sustenance
Measures
Action
Measures
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
Ensure every house tax assessment

& water connection is also
connected to the UGD
Improve collections to reach 85%
collection efficiency by 2015
Revising of DPR for laying of UGD system in the town

Eradicate the conditions which give rise to conditions of malaria
and other water borne diseases.
Ensure access of sanitary facilities to the slum dwellers
Isolate sewerage system from storm water and drinking water
channels
9.5.3 Roads, street lighting and traffic management

The total investment need for roads, street lighting and traffic management sectors by 2035 is
estimated at Rs. 5280 lakhs. However the gaps in the system are proposed to be filled in phases in
line with the area being developed and quantum of population addition. Accordingly part of the
identified investment is proposed to be funded by 2015 to cater to the current gaps and meet the
immediate requirements.
Sector/ Component
Roads & Urban Transport

(Rs. Lakhs)
2,758.53

(Rs. Lakhs)
2,258.28
797.40
1,261.13
400.00
300.00
57.02
2815.54
235.23
1,823.05
200.00
206.53
2464.81
1 Roads Up gradation
2 Roads New Formation
4 Parking
5 Development of Bus & Truck Terminus
Street Lighting
Sub Total
Roads, Street lighting and Traffic Management
Investment
2,758.53
up to 2015
(Rs. lakhs)
Street Lights
Rs. 57.2 Lakhs
Capital
Roads Up-gradation
Facilities
New road formation
Roads Widening & Strengthening
Action
Measures
Sector
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
177.80
481.71
453.65
787.69
857.69
2.85
14.25
14.25
14.25
11.40
Identification of earthen roads which need to be upgraded to BT/CC

Improve connectivity within the Municipal area
Provide parking lots and introduce parking fee
Provide for footpaths on the existing and yet to be developed roads
The design of the new roads should have provision for shoulder, foot paths,
129
Roads, Street lighting and Traffic Management

2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
Notes
utility ducts and storm water drains under the foot paths.
New roads development shall be integrated with the drain construction (i.e. for
any new road drainage facility to be planned and constructed alongside)
Performance
Road network Degree of connectivity in terms of per-capita road length (min
1.75 m)
Monitoring
Road condition - % municipal roads surfaced (100% - CC/ BT surfacing)
Indicators
9.5.4 Storm Water Drainage

The total investment need for drains sectors by 2035 is estimated at Rs. 3233 lakhs. However the
gaps in the system are proposed to be filled in phases in line with the road network being developed
and quantum of population addition. Accordingly part of the identified investment is to be funded by
2015 to cater to the current gaps and meet the immediate requirements.
Sector/ Component
Drains
1 Drains Up gradation
2 Drains New Formation
3 Desilting & Strengthening of Primary Drains

(Rs. Lakhs)
2,162.32
551.84
1,550.48
60.00

(Rs. Lakhs)
1071
153.67
917.40

Investment
up to 2015
(Rs. lakhs)
2,162.32
Capital
Facilities
Drains New Formation
Support
&
System
Sustenance
Measures
Ensure that every divided road to

have closed drains on either side
and undivided roads have drains on
at least one side
Action
Measures
Sector
Notes
Performance
Monitoring
Indicators
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
293.01
348.19
528.43
498.74
493.94
Preparation of DPR for augmentation of storm water system in the town

Isolate sewerage system from drinking water and storm water lines
Identify, delineate, sanitize and protect the natural drainage system of the city
Improve drainage network on a priority basis in flood prone areas
All new roads to be designed shall have adequate provision for storm water
drains.
Constructing new drains shall be integrated with the new roads development
Drainage network should be 130% of road length
All divided roads to have drains on either side and undivided roads on at least
one side
Drains to be cleaned before and after monsoon for better functioning
9.5.5 Solid Waste Management

The total investment need for conservancy and sanitation sectors by 2035 is estimated at Rs. 677
lakhs. However the gaps in the system are proposed to be filled in phases in line with the road
130
network being developed and quantum of population addition. Accordingly part of the identified
investment is to be funded by 2015 to cater to the current gaps and meet the immediate
requirements.
A sum of Rs. 172 lakhs is the capital cost estimation for the proposed interventions. The proposals
include; Rs. 101 lakhs for development of permanent landfill infrastructure and composting facilities;
Rs. 56 lakhs for acquisition of vehicles for lading and transportation; Rs. 5.9 lakhs for acquisition of
new handcarts to cater the primary waste collection needs; Rs. 7.73 lakhs for new container depot.
Further, the existing dumping site of 7.5 acres will not be sufficient to meet the long term needs.
Hoshangabad Municipality will need to plan beyond 2015 for further augmentation of system through
continuous development of landfill and compost infrastructure at the landfill site to cater to long term
needs of 2035.
Investment
up to 2015
Rs. 172 Lakhs
(Rs. lakhs)
Capital
Facilities
Support
&
System
Sustenance
Measures
Other
actions/
Measures
Acquisition of new vehicles for

primary collection
Land
fill
infrastructure
and
composting facility development at
disposal site
Container Bins & dumper placers
Implementation of complete door to-door collection
Part-privatisation of house-to-house
collection at 80% households
(Hoshangabad Municipality to cover
only 20% households)
Awareness campaign on source
segregation
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
12.10
44.64
56.84
56.84
2.03
Increase the ambit of Solid Waste Management to include recycling and to

facilitate and regulate the sector accordingly.
Ensure optimum utilization of existing fleet
I-E-C campaigns to be initiated for awareness among the urban poor and
slum dwellers towards better SWM practices
Initiate steps towards sharing the responsibility of primary collection of
segregated garbage with citizens
Develop transfer stations in a scientific, eco-friendly manner processing
waste at these sites, for different types of material
Develop decentralized waste processing sites at each zone- appropriate
technologies
Improve and ensure access to sanitary facilities for the urban poor and slum
dwellers.
Encourage pay & use category of public conveniences with community
131

2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
involvement in the maintenance of the same.
Hoshangabad Municipality shall be the prime implementing agency for the
sector
For
establishment of Intermediate Transfer Stations to reduce cost of
Sector Notes
transportation, identify sites which are cost effective
Identify localized/ decentralized locations for processing/ disposal/ reuse of
bio-degradable and plastic waste
Source segregation reduction of waste to be collected (min 70 % of waste
Performance
generated)
Monitoring
Door-to-door collection as % of households covered (min 80%)
Optimum fleet utilization (No. of trips/ vehicle/ day - average minimum of 2.5)
Indicators
Vehicle capacity as % of rated capacity to waste generated (minimum 100%)
9.6 Capital needs/ investments Social Infrastructure

9.6.1 Health Infrastructure
To meet the formulated sector goal with satisfactory level of service indicators, the sector would
require an investment of Rs 4366.67 Lakhs by 2035. However, the gaps in the system are proposed
to be filled in phases in line with the area being developed and quantum of population addition.

(Rs. Lakhs)
1,726.67
Investment
2035
(Rs. Lakhs)
2,640.00
1
2
3
1,600.00
100.00
26.67
2,400.00
200.00
40.00
Sector/ Component
General Hospital
Nursing Home
Dispensary
till

2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
515.33
345.33
345.33
345.33
175.33
General Hospital
Nursing Home
Dispensary
Investment Up to
2015(Rs. lakhs)
Capital Facilities
Action Measures
Sector Notes
1,726.67
Augmentation of Bed Capacity of the city by either developing new facilities

or upgrading the existing ones
Development of Nursing home and Dispensaries
Generating awareness about safe sanitation
Provisions should be made for the optimal utilization of health infrastructure
by tackling obstacles like shortage of power, medical staff, etc
Primary care should be given due importance
Hospital waste should be properly disposed
9.6.2 Education Infrastructure

require an investment of Rs 5,893.82 Lakhs by 2035.
132

(Rs. Lakhs)
1,540.00

(Rs. Lakhs)
4,353.82
1
2
3
4
520.00
520.00
200.00
300.00
2,303.95
1,492.64
257.23
300.00
Sector/ Component
Primary
Secondary
Integrated without Hostel
College

Investment up to
2015(Rs. lakhs)
Capital Facilities
Action Measures
1,540.00
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
154.00
231.00
385.00
385.00
385.00
Primary
Secondary
Integrated without Hostel
College
Development of New Schools at all level
Equipping Schools with necessary Infrastructure

Complementing Education with employment opportunities
Generating awareness about education
Sector Notes
Provisions should be made for the optimal utilization of education

infrastructure by tackling obstacles like shortage of power, staff, etc
Primary education should be given its due importance
9.6.3 Socio-Cultural Infrastructure

require an investment of Rs 460 Lakhs by 2035.
Sector/ Component
1
2
3
4
5
6
Community Rooms
Community hall And Library
Recreational Club
Parks
Sports Complex (5000 Capacity)
Swimming Pool

(Rs. Lakhs)
256.00

(Rs. Lakhs)
204
60.00
50.00
6.00
100.00
40.00
140.00
50.00
14.00

(Rs. lakhs)
256.00
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
37.40
68.40
73.20
62.00
15.00
133
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
Capital
Facilities
Community Rooms
Community hall And Library
Parks
Sports Complex (5000 Capacity)
Swimming Pool
Recreational Club
Action
Measures
Development of Community Rooms, Community hall and a Public Library

Development of Green Spaces
Development of a Recreational Club, a Sports Complex and a Swimming Pool
Maintenance of these public facilities plays a crucial role in preserving the
assets
A healthy socio-cultural atmosphere fosters a healthy environment for growth
Land for these facilities can be acquired under the Public Purpose
Sector Notes
9.7 Capital needs/ investments Local Economy

To meet the formulated sector goal, an investment is made of about Rs 850.00 Lakhs by 2035. An
investment plan was devised for the rejuvenation of Local Economy considering the future prospects
in the short and long terms.
Sector/ Component
Local Economy
1 Development of Commercial Areas
Development of industrial area for S & M scale
2 industries
3 Development of Hawkers Zone
4 Organization of Trade Fairs and other exhibitions

(Rs. Lakhs)
195.00
Investment
2035
(Rs. Lakhs)
655.00
40.00
100.00
160.00
400.00
30.00
25.00
20.00
75.00
till

Local Economy
2011
(Rs. lakhs)
Tasks
Identified
Action
Measures
195.00
Development of Commercial Areas

Development of industrial area for S
& M scale industries
Development of Hawkers Zone
Organization of Trade Fairs and
other exhibitions
16.00
2012
16.00
2013
44.00
2014
56.50
2015
62.50
Diversification of the economic base of the city

Development and Up gradation of commercial areas
134
Local Economy
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
Development of an Industrial area to expand the economic base of the city

Identification and Development of Hawkers zone
Organization of trade fairs and other exhibitions at the regional level to publicize
the investment possibilities in the town and its vicinity
9.8 Capital needs/ investments Environment and Heritage &Tourism

9.8.1 Urban Environment
To meet the formulated sector goal, an investment is made of about Rs 170 Lakhs by 2035. An
investment plan was devised for the improvement of urban environment considering the future threats
in the short and long terms.
Sector/ Component

(Rs. Lakhs)
Urban Environment
1 Preservation of Water Bodies
2 Tree Plantation
3 Ground Water Re-charge

(Rs. Lakhs)
95.00
75.00
60.00
10.00
25.00
40.00
10.00
25.00

Urban Environment
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
28.50
28.50
19.00
9.50
9.50
Preservation of Water Bodies
Tree Plantation
Ground Water Re-charge
(Rs. lakhs)
Tasks
Identified
Action
Measures
95.00
Strengthening of Waste Collection and Disposal Mechanism and Waste Water

Conveyance System
Development of green spaces and tree plantation
Initiatives for ground water recharge
Preservation of water bodies
9.8.2 Heritage and Tourism

To meet the formulated sector goal, an investment is made of about Rs 317.50 Lakhs by 2035. An
investment plan was devised for the improvement of Heritage and Tourism considering the future
threats in the short and long terms.
Sector/ Component
1 River Front Development
a. Beautification of Ghats and River front
b. Ropeway at Narmada
c. View points

(Rs. Lakhs)
462.50
412.50
112.50
250.00
50.00

(Rs. Lakhs)
512.50
362.50
112.50
250.00
-
135
Entertainment/Recreational Infrastructure
50.00
150.00

(Rs. lakhs)
Tasks
Identified
Action
Measures
462.50
River Front Development
State-of-art Waiting Rooms
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
41.25
41.25
66.25
148.75
165.00
Tasks related to river conservation should be carried out in tandem with the
River front development
Ancillary tourism potential can be actualized by providing some kind of
recreation alternative to tourists and well managed waiting rooms
9.9 Slums and Basic Services for Urban Poor

The requirements in the sector are of immediate priority and hence, the planning horizon for the
sector is 2015 and accordingly projects and investments identified are to be funded by 2015. A sum of
Rs. 518 lakhs is the investment identified for various improvement projects and for providing basic
services to urban poor based on the slum improvement project already identified by the ULB which is
covered under IHSDP scheme.
Slums and Urban Poor
Investment
up to 2015
(Rs. lakhs)
Capital
Facilities
Support
&
System
Sustenance
Measures
Other
actions/
Measures
Rs. 518 Lakhs
In situ rehabilitation of slumshousing

Infrastructure development for Slum
rehabilitation
Inventory
and
geographical
mapping
of
all
slums
and
infrastructure
in
slums
for
Hoshangabad Municipality
Socio-Economic Survey of all slums
in Hoshangabad Municipality
Training for women in slums and
urban
poor
towards
selfemployment and other income
generating activities. NGOs to play
the lead role and Hoshangabad
Municipality shall assume the
secondary/ supportive role
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
140.96
140.96
140.96
66.05
28.60
Providing for reservation of lands for EWS

Facilitating access to credit for urban poor. Hoshangabad Municipality can
explore the option of acting as a guarantor.
136
Slums and Urban Poor

2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
Frequent meetings with slum dwellers towards encouraging participation in
slum development programmes, awareness creation on beneficiary
contribution to project development and also assuming the responsibility of
implementing the projects.
Facilitate and encourage the neighborhood concept in slums to carry out
towards recreational activities such as reading, sports and drama.
Sector Notes
Infrastructure and basic services provision in slums shall not be in isolation
but in conjunction and in line with overall infrastructure development in the
city.
Awareness on health and hygiene shall be created among slum dwellers in
line with the long-term goal of moving towards individual toilets and doing
away with public convenience systems.
Performance
Water Supply Individual house service connections to all
Sewerage - Individual house service connections to all
Monitoring
Sanitation Community toilets in short run and individual toilets in long run
Indicators
Solid Waste Management- Coverage of all slum households under door-todoor collection and awareness campaigns on source segregation
9.10 Capital needs/ investments Urban Governance

require an investment of Rs 90 Lakhs whose investment snapshot is given below.
Investment Snapshot
A sector wise investment plan was devised for the Urban Infrastructure considering the demand
arising in the short, medium and long terms.
SNo.
Component
Short Term(2011-2015)
(Rs Lakhs)
Urban Governance
Total(2011-2035)
(Rs Lakhs)
45.0
45.0
1
2
Electronic Items for Computerization

Training Modules
10.00
5.00
15.00
10.00
GIS Mapping
30.00
20.00
Action Plan for Implementation (2011-12 to 2015-16)

This section discusses a yearly action plan, as shown below, for the capital investment proposed in
the short term. Action plan has been devised considering the phasing of short term investment over a
period of 5 years.
Urban Infrastructure
11-12
12-13
13-14
14-15
15-16
Consolidated Yearly Investment (45 Lakhs)

4.05
12.60
13.50
14.40
0.45
Tasks
Electronic Items for
Identified
Computerization
Training Modules
GIS Mapping
Action
Computerization for improving accountability in the system
Measures
GIS mapping for having a wide database which can be used for improving the
revenue, better planning and implementation
137
9.11 Capital needs/ investments Fire Services

require an investment of Rs 157 Lakhs whose investment snapshot is given below.
SNo.
Component
Fire Infrastructure
1
Hajmat Van for Chemical Disaster
2
Foam Crash Tender
3
Motor Fire Engine
4
Small Fire Engine
5
Rescue Tender
6
Portable Pump
7
Fire Entry Suit
8
Communication wireless set
Short Term(2011-2015)
(Rs Lakhs)
81.00
20.00
20.00
20.00
10.00
5.00
1.00
5.00
Total(2011-2035)
(Rs Lakhs)
76.00
20.00
20.00
20.00
10.00
5.00
1.00
-
9.12 Financing options and structuring

9.12.1 Project structuring and risk assessment
Infrastructure projects are typically capital intensive in nature. During the process of Rapid Urban
Assessment and Stakeholder Workshop, the projects identified for ULBs to be incorporated in the City
Development Plan varies across all conventional urban infrastructure sectors coming under the
purview of ULB such as water supply, sewerage and Under Ground Drainage, sanitation, roads,
transportation network, street lighting, storm water drains, solid waste management, community
facilities etc. While on one hand, all the identified and demand driven projects, need to be financed in
a sustainable manner, the ULBs in general do not have the financial strength to take up these projects
on their own. Historically, ULBs have been dependent on conventional sources i.e., state and central
support for funding infrastructure projects. While these sources still account for a considerable portion
of the total fund flow in urban infrastructure sector, not 100% of these come as unconditional grant
and ULBs are gradually made liable for funding their own projects by means of loan, beneficiary
contribution etc. At the same time, other unconventional options for raising infrastructure finance such
as pooled finance, Private Sector Participation (PSP) are also emerging. In this context, need for
structuring infrastructure projects based on suitable financing options available in the sector becomes
imperative. However, each of these options might have some risks associated with it and assessment
of the same is also important. Detailed in the section below are the options for project structuring
available in the present framework for financing ULB infrastructure with risk assessment for the same.
ULBs revenue source
The revenue sources of ULB comprise of own revenue and State transfers (combination of assigned
revenue and grants & contributions). State devolution to ULBs is a source of meeting the debt service
requirements under various borrowings. An ULB is capable of financing its own projects if it has a
revenue surplus position and capable of sustaining it consistently over future tenure of the project
envisaged. However, the financial status analysis of Hoshangabad Nagar Palika shows that the
Revenue account of the Nagar Palika is not capable of taking huge investment entirely on its own
balance sheet; hence it is not a valid option for this ULB.
138
Risk assessment:
Even if the ULB has a revenue surplus position at present, there could be inconsistencies in future
thus making the project subject to risk of running out of fund.
Ongoing sector development schemes/ programmes
Typically these are state and central sources of financing through which ULBs get fund in the form of
loan and grants. Apart from traditional programmes, this option also includes multilateral sources of
funding which is routed through state level nodal agency.
State schemes
Projects taken up under regular state schemes are generally funded entirely by the state. The funds
are allocated in the state budget and made available to the implementing agency through the state
Urban Development Department (UDD). The ULB can structure its identified projects best suited to
any such ongoing state scheme applicable for a specific sector.
Risk assessment:
Less risk but not likely to get fund for large capital intensive projects
Central schemes
For central schemes, the total funding is generally shared between centre and state or centre, state
and ULB itself. The funding pattern is different for different schemes and could be any combination of
loan, grant and own contribution. Currently, for all small and medium towns, all central schemes are
clubbed under UIDSSMT in which the cost is to be shared between centre, state and ULB in the ratio
of 80:10:10. As UIDSSMT covers all urban infrastructure sectors coming under the purview of the
ULB and the major portions of cost are shared by the centre and state, this could be a better option
for the ULB for structuring large capital intensive projects.
Risk assessment:
Low risk as Govt. supported programme. However, ULBs has to make arrangement for own
contribution as well as repay loan over specified period. Thus has to assure a source for that.
Borrowing
Pooled finance
Pooled finance is a form of market borrowing. It is a financial instrument for tapping capital market to
finance small city infrastructure projects. Like an independent financial entity, the Nagar Palika can
issue bond to raise money from market. The municipal bond has to be rated by a credit rating agency
and then issued in the market. However, ULBs has to have a strong financial position to raise money
by this instrument.
Risk assessment:
1. This instrument is prone to market risk
2. ULB has to maintain consistently good financial position and credibility
Financial institution borrowing
For ULBs, borrowing from financial institutions has been generally from Govt. supported financial
institutions like HUDCO, LIC etc. For, Hoshangabad, the ULB can borrow money from these financial
institutions.
139
Risk assessment:
1. Low risk as supported by Govt
2. The fund is focused towards urban development
3. Disbursement could be conditional
Public Private Partnership
This instrument seeks to have contribution from a private party in developing a facility and/or
operating a facility. There are various standard form of contract that could be entered into between
the public body (ULB) and the private party depending on the conditions best suited for a particular
project. Typically, the private party would operate the facility over a certain period of tie after
developing in with some user charges and then hand it over to the public body
Risk assessment:
1. Risk of opposition to user charges for basic public amenities
2. ULB has to have thorough monitoring over project development as well as operation period
by private party
Other capital sources
These are some other Govt. capital sources, which are not dedicated to urban development but could
be tapped for this purpose. For example funds from Member of Parliament Local Area Development
(MPLAD), MLALAD, and Central Finance Commission Grants etc. These cannot be considered as
regular sources of funds but can be tapped for one time investment by ULBs depending on availability
and local situation.
Risk assessment:
1. Highly uncertain as long as not committed
2. Most likely to be one time contribution, not a consistent source
9.12.2 Financing options for the identified projects:

Water Supply
Given the scale of the project and the extent of capital investment which would be required for
commissioning of the Integrated Water Supply Scheme, the project financing options available to the
Nagar Palika are limited. The total capital investment for improving water supply in the town has been
estimated at Rs 3670 Lakhs, of which Rs 2017 Lakhs would have to be planned for and invested by
2015. Of the varied funding options available to the Nagar Palika, the probable sources which may be
pursued are the following:
Funding from on-going sector development schemes or programmes: The Nagar Palika can
structure its projects such that it can receive funding under state schemes which are predominantly
aimed at urban development. Currently for small and medium town infrastructure development, the
centrally funded Urban Infrastructure Development Scheme for Small and Medium Towns (UIDSSMT)
is under progress. This option appears to be the most viable especially in the light of the unstable
financial situation of the ULB; it would be forced to rely heavily on grants.
140
Proposed Project Title
Integrated Water Supply Scheme for Hoshangabad
Sector
Water Supply
Location (Area, Town)
Hoshangabad Municipal area
Estimated Project Cost
Rs 3670 Lakhs
Project Financing Options
a) UIDSSMT Scheme
b) Multilateral Financing
c) ULBs own revenues
d) Capital Sources (MPLAD funds, MLALAD funds, centre
commission grants)
The Nagar Palika can effectively plan and structure its water
supply augmentation project such that, funding for the same may
be received under UIDSSMT. The typical project financing for the
UIDSSMT funded projects is 80:10:10, wherein 80% cost are to be
borne by the Centre and the remaining 20% to be borne equally by
the State government and the ULB.
Multilateral Financing/Capital The Nagar Palika may also look at receiving funds from multilateral
agencies. The mix of grant, loan and own sources would have to
Sources
be worked out between the Nagar Palika and the funding agency
once the detailed project report is approved. The Nagar Palika
may also look at options of receiving funds under MPLAD or
MLALAD funds.
Funding under UIDSSMT
Sewerage
commissioning of the Sewerage Scheme, the project financing options available to the Nagar Palika
are limited. The total capital investment for improving water supply in the town has been estimated at
Rs 1212 Lakhs, of which Rs 971.67 Lakhs would have to be planned for and invested by 2015. Of the
varied funding options available to the Nagar Palika, the probable sources which may be pursued are
the following:
Funding from on-going sector development schemes or programmes: The Nagar Palika can
structure its project such that it can receive funding under state schemes aimed at urban
development. Currently for small and medium town infrastructure development, the centrally funded
Urban Infrastructure Development Scheme for Small and Medium Towns (UIDSSMT) is under
progress. This option appears to be the most viable especially in the light of the unstable financial
situation of the ULB; it would be forced to rely heavily on grants.
Underground Drainage Scheme for Hoshangabad
Sector
Sewerage
Rs 1212 Lakhs
141
Project Financing Options a) UIDSSMT Scheme

d) Capital Sources (MPLAD funds, MLALAD funds, centre commission
grants)
The Nagar Palika can effectively plan and structure its water supply
augmentation project such that, funding for the same may be received
under UIDSSMT. The typical project financing for the UIDSSMT funded
projects is 80:10:10, wherein 80% cost are to be borne by the Centre
and the remaining 20% to be borne equally by the State government
and the ULB.
The Nagar Palika may also look at receiving funds from multilateral
Multilateral
Financing/Capital Sources agencies. The mix of grant, loan and own sources would have to be
worked out between the Nagar Palika and the funding agency once the
detailed project report is approved. The Nagar Palika may also look at
options of receiving funds under MPLAD or MLALAD funds.
Funding under UIDSSMT
Roads, Street Light and Urban transport

commissioning of the projects to be undertaken in the road and urban transport sector, the total
capital investment required has been identified at Rs 5068 Lakhs, of which Rs 2,573.03 Lakhs would
have to be planned and invested by 2015.For Street Lights, a total of Rs. 57.2 Lakhs investment
would be needed for 2015. Of the varied funding options available to the Nagar Palika, the probable
sources which may be pursued are the following:
Integrated development scheme for roads & transport sector for

Hoshangabad
Sector
Roads and Urban Transport
Rs 5280Lakhs for Roads, Street Lighting and traffic management
Project Financing
Options
a) UIDSSMT Scheme
grants)
Funding under
UIDSSMT
Multilateral
Financing/Capital
Sources
The Nagar Palika can effectively plan and structure its water supply
and the ULB.
agencies. The mix of grant, loan and own sources would have to be
142
ULBs Own Resources
The Nagar Palika can look at its own revenue resources for
construction of the cycle stand.

commissioning of the projects to be undertaken in the storm water drainage sector, the total capital
investment required has been identified at Rs 3233 Lakhs, of which Rs 2,162.32Lakhs would have to
be planned and invested by 2015. Of the varied funding options available to the Nagar Palika, the
probable sources which may be pursued are the following:
Storm water drainage for Hoshangabad
Sector
Storm water drains
Rs 3233 Lakhs
Project
Options
Financing a) UIDSSMT Scheme

grants)
Funding under UIDSSMT The Nagar Palika can effectively plan and structure its water supply
and the ULB.
Multilateral
Financing/Capital
Sources

Of the total investment amount of Rs 677 Lakhs, Rs 172 Lakhs should be appropriately planned and
invested by 2015. The broad sources of finance which have been suggested for other sectors have
been from Central/state/ multilateral funding or from ULBs own resources. The most suitable options
for SWM are as discussed below:
143
Solid Waste Management for Hoshangabad
Sector
Solid Waste Management & Conservancy
Rs 677 Lakhs
Project
Options
th
Financing e) Grants under 12 Finance Commission

f)
UIDSSMT Scheme
g) Multilateral Financing
h) ULBs own revenues
i)
Capital Sources (MPLAD funds, MLALAD funds, centre commission

grants)
Funding under UIDSSMT The Nagar Palika can effectively plan and structure its water supply
and the ULB.
Multilateral
Financing/Capital
Sources
ULBs Own Resources
The Nagar Palika can look at its own revenue resources for purchase of
the handcarts and also for land acquisition.
PPP
SWM project can be developed on a PPP modal for door to door

collection of waste and disposal after treatment.
Slums and Basic Services for Urban Poor

The scale of capital investment required in this sector has been estimated at Rs 518 Lakhs and the
entire amount would have to be planned and invested by the Nagar Palika by 2035. The Nagar Palika
could avail the finance for the project under UIDSSMT or from other sources as recommended below:
Slum Development Hoshangabad
Sector
Slums and Basic Services for Urban Poor
Rs 518 Lakhs
Project
Options
IHSDP Scheme
Financing
144
Other Amenities
For regular upkeep of the parks and ponds, development of night shelters and for maintenance of
Hospital facility, HNPP may further explore PPP as an option for developmental works. The viability of
the same would have to be worked out by the Nagar Palika with suitable PPP structure to attract
private participation. The construction of a new Municipal office building should also be carried out by
use of the internal revenue of the Nagar Palika.
145
10 Financial Operating Plan

10.1 Introduction
The sustainable investment capacity of Hoshangabad Nagar Palika is assessed through a Financial
Operating Plan (FOP), which gives a yearly forecast of finances for the short term i.e. year 2011-12 to
year 2015-16. A salient feature of the FOP is that all outstanding dues, including debt and non-debt
liabilities if any, have been taken into account.
The accounts data of Hoshangabad Nagar Palika between the years 2005-06and 2009-10 are used
as the basis for determining past trends in revenue and expenditure and arriving at appropriate
growth assumptions for each of the income and expense items. After forecasting the revenue
account, the capital investments proposed under the CIP are added to the forecast. The FOP is
generated to assess the investment-sustaining capacity of Hoshangabad Nagar Palika.
The project funding structure comprises grants under the UIDSSMT framework (accounting for 90 per
cent of the funding); internal resources and loans accounting for the rest. The level of investment that
Hoshangabad Nagar Palika can sustain is determined by studying the overall surpluses/ year-to-year
opening balance and debt service coverage ratio. If the debt service coverage ratio - DSCR (amount
of surplus available to pay interest and to repay principal that is due) falls below 1, then the
investments are reduced gradually till the DSCR exceeds 1 in all the years in the forecast period.
The main items of income and expenditure, classified into the revenue account and the capital
account, are projected in the FOP under the following categories.
Categories of FOP Projections
1. Revenue Account Receipts:
a. Taxes, Non Tax Sources, Assigned Revenue and
b. Grants, Contribution and Subsidies
2. Revenue Account Expenditure:
a. Establishment
b. Operation and Maintenance
c. Debt Servicing- Existing and New Loans
d. Phasing of non-debt liabilities, and
e. Additional O&M
3. Capital Income and
4. Capital Expenditure
10.2 Financing Strategies for the CIP

In determining a long-term financial strategy, Hoshangabad Nagar Palika plans to raise resources and
funds for the CIP through:
Grants available under the UIDSSMT Framework (as percent of investment proposed for
funding by 2015 in Urban governance and infrastructure sectors - 80 percent Central Govt.
Grants and 10 percent State Govt. Grants). In this UIDSSMT grant is not considered for
capital cost towards projects identified for Economic development and Urban Governance.
Available internal resources and improving upon the same through
o
Revision of the Unit Area Value at certain levels, which would lead to revision in
Annual letting Value (applicable for Hoshangabad Nagar Palika )
146
Revision of Water charges at specific intervals. Though the revision in water tariff
should be done on annual basis to recover 100% of the O&M cost. However, annual
revision is not a general practice in all the ULBs across the state, so revision after
every five years is envisaged for projections.
Introduction of Sewerage Charges in 2013-14, after implementing the Sewerage

Project
Maintenance of the collection performance of taxes and charges at certain minimum

levels for current and for arrears
Borrowings from market or financial institutions
10.3 Finance Projections

Current revenue sources are projected under built-in growth assumptions for income and expenditure
items, to assess the impact of each such revenue enhancement measure being suggested. The
projections also aim at estimating the surplus that will be available for servicing new debt. Part of the
surplus, after meeting the additional O&M expenses on newly created assets and infrastructure, is
translated into debt size and project size (grant component plus debt component) based on certain
assumptions regarding interest rate, repayment method and loan-grant mix.
A spread sheet FOP model has been customised to depict the financial position of Hoshangabad
Nagar Palika; the investment sustaining capacity of Nagar Palika is assessed based on the FOP
assumptions. The model was used to calculate future surpluses under various scenarios involving
combinations of internal revenue improvement, state support, financing terms, etc.
10.3.1 Municipal Account Growth Projections and Assumptions

The standard assumptions under which the projections are carried out and certain expenditure control
and revenue augmentation measures proposed in line with the mandatory and optional reforms under
the UIDSSMT framework are presented below in Exhibit 10-1.
Exhibit 10-1 Important assumptions made in the projections
Head
Assumptions
Guiding Factor for Assessing the Sustaining Capacity
Surplus
Positive surplus - year on year basis
DSCR
Greater than 1
Project Financing for admissible Components under JNNURM
Project Costing
Unit Cost, with 5 % Cost escalation factor and 10% Physical
contingency
New/Additional O & M and from
second year of investment 5% growth
is considered for the additional O & M 5% of Capital cost
Grant from GoI
Grant from GoMP
If Loan for Balance funding
Old Outstanding loans
Revenue Expenditure
Growth in Expenditure
Pay Commission Revision
80% of Proposed Projects

10% of Proposed Projects
Repayment in 12 years, with 3 year principal moratorium @ 8
% interest rate
As per existing terms and conditions
Actual average growth with a minimum 8% and maximum of
10% (based on last five years trend)
Pay Commission revision- additional 10% from 2013-14
every five years
147
Head
Assumptions
Assumption for assessment of Hoshangabad Nagar Palika s sustainability
Income Items
Growth in revenue income
Actual average growth with a minimum 8% and maximum of
12% (based on last five years trend)
Property Tax: Propose to introduce from FY 2008-09
Annual growth in Assessment
3.43% per annum
Increase in Assessments due to 2,065 properties
Survey/ PT Reforms
Initial Revision in 2011-12
100% of the existing
Revision of Tax
25% every five years
Collection Performance
85% or current average whichever is higher by 2015
Income Items- Water Supply
Annual growth in Water Connection
Regularisation
of
unaccounted
connections
Coverage
Initial revision in water tariffs
Next Revisions in water tariffs
Initial revision new Connection fee
Future revision new Connection fee
Income Items- Sewerage
Coverage
Sewerage Charge
Initial revision - new Connection fee
Future revision - new Connection fee
3.5% per annum

7,075 connections
85% of Assessed properties by 2015
by 150% in FY 20011
by 25% every five years
by 100% in FY 20011
85% by 2015
75% of water connections by 2015
50% of water charges from year 2013-14
Rs. 1000 per connections
85% by 2015
10.3.2 Investment Capacity/ Sustenance

Given the existing financial position of Hoshangabad Nagar Palika, the revenue and capital accounts
are projected against the growth scenario and assumptions presented above. The City Investment
Plan (CIP) displayed in the previous chapter shows that the total investment required to develop
Hoshangabad City is Rs. 129.3 crore at constant prices in short term i.e. till 2015 (of the total Rs.
275.70 crore investment identified for funding till 2035. Rs 129.3 crore include about Rs. 32.67 crore
towards Education and Health sector, which are not provided by Nagar Palika. Hence a FOP is
generated from the sustainable investment point of view in line with current growth trends against the
identified investment for Nagar Palika of Rs. 96.63 crore at constant prices till 2015, which
excludes investment required for Health and Education sector.
Base Investment Capacity
Base Investment Capacity is estimated considering business as usual case, where Hoshangabad
Nagar Palika has not taken any grant under UIDSSMT scheme and has not done any reforms to
increase their revenue income. At this scenario HNPP will be able to sustain only 6.40 % of the total
investment identified for year 2015, which is about Rs. 6.18 crore at constant price and Rs. 7.63 crore
at current price.
148
Impact of Reforms on Investment Capacity of Hoshangabad Nagar Palika

Following are the cases considered as shown in Exhibit 10-2 and sustainability was checked.
Exhibit 10-2 Different scenarios to assess investment sustainability
Assumptions (Revenue Improvement Measures)
Impact of Reforms on Investment
Base
Capacity
Case
Scenario 1
Scenario 2
Scenario 3
Property Tax
PT Survey
Property Growth
Collection Efficiency
Rate Change
Water Supply
Water Audit/ Regularization
System Refurbishment
Revision of Charges
UGD
Introduction of Sewerage
Charges
Revision of Charges
UIDSSMT Funding (GoI)
UIDSSMT Funding (GoMP)
Contribution to Revolving Fund
ULB's Share in CIP
Debt Funding
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
With reforms in Property Tax, Water Charges and Sewerage charges

This case assumes the reforms in property tax, Water and Sewerage have been implemented and
accordingly the investment capacity has increased by Rs. 6.76 crore above the base investment
capacity. These reforms will increase the total sustainable capacity to 13.4%.
Reforms and UIDSSMT grants along without debt Funding
This case assumes that all the reforms suggested above are being implemented and UIDSSMT
grants are also availed. In this scenario Nagar Palikas sustainable capacity will increase to 64.4%,
which is 51% in addition to base case. Now Nagar Palika will be able to sustain investment of about
Rs. 62.23 crore at constant price and Rs. 76.83 crore at current price.
Reforms and UIDSSMT grants along with debt Funding
This case assumes that Nagar Palika can increase their sustainable capacity by taking debt from any
financial institution or private banks in addition to the implementation of reforms suggested above and
grants under with UIDSSMT grants. In this scenario can sustain up to 67.5% of the total investment
identified, which is 3.1% more than without debt funding scenario. Now Nagar Palika will be able to
sustain investment of about Rs. 65.23 crore at constant price and Rs. 80.52 crore at current price.
149
The impact of the different scenario on the investment sustainability of Hoshangabad Nagar Palika is
shown below in Exhibit 10-3.
Exhibit 10-3 Impact of reforms and grants on investment capacity
10.4 Fund Requirement

For the identified investment for Nagar Palika of Rs. 96.63 crore at constant prices only Rs. 65.23
crore is sustainable. Exhibit 10-4 shows the funding pattern for sustainable investment
Exhibit 10-4 CIP Funding Pattern
S. No
Mode of Funding
Source

Total Identified Investment till 2015 (current price)
Investment by Nagar Palika (current price)
Investment by Nagar Palika (constant price)
Sustainable Investment till 2015 (constant price)
Sustainable Investment (current)
1
Grants
UIDSSMT
2
Loans
Open Market/ FIs
3
Own sources
Nagar Palika
Amount (Rs. Crores)
158.96
119.29
96.63
65.23
80.52
70.65
2.42
7.45
% of Total
Investment
100
100
67.5
88
3
9
From the above analysis, it is very clear that ULB alone even with the grant support under UIDSSMT
scheme and reforms will not be able to implement 100% of the projects identified under the City
Investment Plan (CIP). But they can substantially increase their sustainable capacity with these
reforms. So, it is recommended that ULB along the support from UADD, GoMP should try to develop
few projects at PPP model and additional grant support from GoMP.
It is also recommended that on the same lines of the National Urban Information System (NUIS)
programme for strengthening of information system at Municipal Corporation level, GoMP should also
provide support to all the local bodies in Madhya Pradesh, which are not covered in the mentioned
programme.
150
10.5 Financial Operating plan

Based on all the assumption for projections discussed in the Exhibit 10-1and the implementation of
the strategies to improve sustainability of Hoshangabad Nagar Palika, the FOP has been prepared.
However, the summary of final revenue model is presented in Exhibit 10-5. The Detailed FOP is
presented in Annexure C.
Exhibit 10-5 Financial Operating Plan
Financial Year ------>

Figures in Rs. Lakhs
SUMMARY
i
Opening balance
ii
Revenue Receipts
iii
Revenue Expenditure
iv
Municipal receipts
v
Municipal expenditure
New Debt Servicing Exp.
New O&M Exp.
vi
vii
viii
ix
Revenue Surplus/ Deficit

for the year
Municipal Surplus/ Deficit
for the year
Closing balance
Performance Indicators
DSCR
PT Collection Performance
1
201112
2
201213
3
4
2013201414
15
Projection
5
201516
6
201617
7
201718
8
201819
9
201920
10
202021
11
939
815
1,602
1,516
1
35
96
1,084
963
2,408
2,353
2
106
151
1,248
1,199
3,005
3,043
4
204
114
1,423
1,423
3,600
3,620
14
324
94
1,654
1,646
3,578
3,566
21
436
106
1,899
1,784
2,057
1,942
22
458
220
2,086
1,940
2,168
2,021
28
481
367
2,281
2,107
2,368
2,194
32
505
541
2,495
2,285
2,588
2,377
32
530
752
2,732
2,479
2,831
2,578
32
557
124
121
49
115
146
175
211
253
85
54
(37)
(20)
12
115
146
175
211
253
96
151
114
94
106
220
367
541
752
1,005
186.22
63.51
14.08
1.02
1.38
6.25
6.19
6.44
7.56
8.87
78%
80%
81%
83%
85%
86%
86%
87%
87%
88%
10.6 Conclusion
This chapter discussed the Investment sustainability of Hoshangabad Municipality. The discussion on
assumptions for various financial projections was followed by detailing of investment capacity of ULB.
The investment capacity was analyzed for four scenarios; Base case, PT improvements & Sector
Reforms, UIDSSMT Grants & Reforms and Debt Funding & Reforms. The investment capacity
analysis was followed by a discussion on the fund requirement of the city.
The next chapter deals with the urban reforms. The chapter discussed the objective and status of
various reforms mandated under UIDSSMT.
151
11 Urban Reforms
11.1 Introduction
In recent times, several initiatives have been taken by GoI and GoMP to a) improve infrastructural
facilities and help create durable public assets and quality oriented services in cities &towns, b)
enhance public-private-partnership in infrastructural development and, c) promote planned integrated
development of towns and cities. A key aspect in achieving the fore mentioned goals is improvement
in Urban Governance and Service Delivery. The underlying objective of most of the recent initiatives
is to make ULBs financially sound and enable them to undertake new projects.
The main thrust of the revised strategy of urban renewal is to ensure improvement in urban
governance so that Urban Local Bodies (ULBs) and para-statal agencies become financially sound
with enhanced credit rating and ability to access market capital for undertaking new programmes and
expansion of services. In this improved environment, public-private participation models for
provisioning of various services would also become feasible.
Among various schemes aimed at the urban renewal, the most important schemes are Jawaharlal
Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission (JNNURM) and Urban infrastructure Development Scheme
for Small & Medium Towns (UIDSSMT). Whereas JNNURM has its own selection criteria for the cities
which can receive funding under it, UIDSSMT expands the ambit of beneficiaries to cover all
cities/towns as per 2001 census excepting cities/towns covered under JNNURM.
UIDSSMT aims at improvement in urban infrastructure in towns and cities in a planned manner. To
achieve this objective, State Governments, Urban Local Bodies and para-statal agencies are required
to accept implementation of an agenda of reforms as funding under UIDSSMT has been linked with
the ULBs performance towards the implementation of anticipated reforms.
The proposed reforms at various level of governance have been categorized into:
1. Mandatory Reforms at the level of the State Government,
2. Mandatory Reforms at the level of the Urban Local Body
3. Optional Reforms at level of the State Government/Urban Local Body
11.2 Mandatory Reforms at the level of the State Government

11.2.1 Implementation of the 74th Constitutional Amendment Act
Desired Objective
th
UIDSSMT requires certain reforms to be undertaken by states/cities in implementing the 74

Amendment of the Constitution, with the objective of implementing decentralization measures. The
State should ensure meaningful association and engagement of Urban Local Bodies in planning the
function of para-statal agencies as well as the delivery of services to the citizens.
Current Status
1. The State Government has implemented 1) constitution of municipalities, 2) composition of
municipal councils, 3) reservation of seats for women, SCs & STs, 4) constitution of district
planning committees and, 5) incorporation of schedule 12 into the state municipal act. The
requirement of constitution of metropolitan planning committee has not been met as there is
no notified metropolitan area in the state.
152
2. In addition to incorporation of schedule 12 in the state municipal act, all the functions that
were required to be transferred to ULB has been transferred by MP state government to
ULBs.
3. The SFC has been constituted and recommendations have been submitted by the same.
Timeline for Reforms
All the reforms which were applicable under this section have been carried out.
11.2.2 Public Disclosure Law

Desired Objective
UIDSSMT requires certain reforms to be undertaken by states/ cities in Public Disclosure, with the
objective that municipalities and parastatal agencies will have to publish various information about the
municipality and its functioning on a periodic basis. Such information includes but is not limited to
statutorily audit statements of annual performance covering operating and financial parameters, and
service levels for various services being rendered by the municipality.
Current Status
GoMP has issued instructions to ULBs to disclose as much information as possible through different
means such as web sites, notice board, etc.
Timeline for Action on Reforms
1. The state government agrees to make provision for public disclosure and ULBs to pass such
a resolution in a stipulated time.
2. The state government has agreed to undertake all required reforms related to financial
statements in a stipulated time frame.
11.2.3 Rationalization of Stamp Duty

Desired Objective
UIDSSMT requires certain reforms to be undertaken by states/cities to rationalize Stamp Duty, with
the objective of establishing an efficient real estate market with minimum barriers on transfer of
property so as to be put into more productive use.
Current Status
Existing Stamp duty rates in Madhya Pradesh stands at 7.5% of the Market value. The
computerization of whole system is also in the progress.
GoI has been insisting on the gradual reduction of stamp duty to 5% and hence, GoMP has
committed to the same in a stipulated time frame. Though the process has been initiated, it has not
completed yet.
11.2.4 Repeal of Urban Land Ceiling and Regulation Act

Desired Objective
UIDSSMT requires certain reforms to be undertaken by states/ cities in the Repeal of ULCRA with the
objective of increasing the supply of land in the market, removing the inefficiencies and in the
establishment of an efficient land market.
153
Current Status
The ULCRA has been repealed in the year 2000.
All the reforms under this section have been carried out.
11.2.5 Rent Control

Desired Objective
UIDSSMT requires certain reforms to be undertaken by states/ cities in Rent Control, with the
objective of having a system that balances the rights and obligations of landlords and tenants to
encourage construction and development of more housing stock, as well as promoting an efficient
and robust rental/tenancy market, so as to improve the availability of housing across all income
categories.
Current Status
The Draft of the new Act that will replace the existing Madhya Pradesh Accommodation Control Act is
ready with the Housing and Environment Department. It was revised in the light of suggestions of
Finance/Law Dept. The State Cabinet in its meeting held on 27/06/2007 resolved to enact a new
Madhya Pradesh Accommodation Control Act.
Despite its efforts, GoMP has not been able to carry out reforms related to revision of guidance values
and dispute resolution mechanism.
A timeframe for the remaining aspects of this reform has been decided to fulfill the requirements in a
stipulated time. In addition to this, process has been initiated to pass a resolution to establish a new
rent control system
11.2.6 Community Participation Law

Desired Objective
UIDSSMT requires certain reforms to be undertaken by states/ cities in Community Participation, with
the objective of institutionalizing citizen participation as well as introducing the concept of the Area
Sabah in urban areas. The larger objective is to involve citizens in municipal functions, e.g. setting
priorities, budgeting provisions, etc. The Community Participation Law refers to the appropriate
provisions that need to be made in the state-level municipal statute(s) for the establishment of such a
3- or 4-tiered structure precisely as described above. These enactments will also need to ensure clear
definition of functions, duties and powers of each of these tiers, and provide for the appropriate
devolution of funds, functions and functionaries as may be decided by the State Government to these
levels.
Current Status
Completed Mohalla samiti are formed as the third tier.
1. Community Participation Law is proposed to be enacted on the basis of Model Community
Participation Law.
2. Constitution of Mohalla Committees to further decentralize the system.
154
11.2.7 City Planning Functions

Desired Objective
UIDSSMT requires certain reforms to be undertaken by states/ cities in the area of city planning, with
an objective to assign or associate elected ULBs with city planning functions.
Current Status
In this area, all reforms have been achieved with the transfer of powers related to the provisioning of
water supply & sewerage, public transport and solid waste management. This has been supported by
the association of ULB with city planning functions. This has been achieved by the active participation
of ULB in the preparation of city development plans.
All objectives of this reform except related to those of traffic and transport, have been achieved by
various measures taken by state government.
11.3 Mandatory Reforms at the level of the Urban Local Body

11.3.1 Municipal Accounting
Desired Objective
UIDSSMT requires certain reforms to be undertaken by states/ cities in Municipal Accounting, with the
objective of having a modern accounting system based on double-entry accrual principles, leading to
better financial management, transparency and self-reliance.
Current Status
1. At present, Double Entry Cash Base system of accounting is being followed in HNPP.
2. Double Entry Accrual Base accounting has not been adopted in the HNPP.
3. State has drafted its own accounting manual which has been revised as per the provision of
NMAM.
4. State has not modified its current laws and regulations to be in compliance with the double
entry accrual based accounting.
5. A resolution has been passed by Government expressing commitment to establish modern
municipal accounting system.
With the growing thrust on adoption of double entry accrual base system of accounting in state and its
several advantages over the existing system, Hoshangabad municipality should strive to shift to the
new system on the immediate basis. Hoshangabad city should carry out all the requisites and migrate
to the new system by year 2014-15. It is also recommended that Hoshangabad municipality should
adhere to following timelines to achieve the objectives of this reform by year 2015-16.
SNo
Reform
1
2
3
Completion and adoption of Manual

Training of personnel
Migration to Double entry accrual based
accounting
2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16

40%
30%
Yes
80%
70%
100%
100%
155
11.3.2 E-Governance
Desired Objective
UIDSSMT requires certain reforms to be undertaken by states/ cities in E-Governance, with the
objective of having a transparent administration, quick service delivery, effective MIS, and general
improvement in the service delivery link.
Current Status
Till now, none of the services has been covered by e-governance applications. The applications which
were proposed to bring under e-governance are registration of births & deaths, public grievance
redressal, payment of property tax and bills of other utilities, municipal accounting, works
management system, etc.
To achieve the objectives of this reform, city would be required to bring many of its services and
procedures under the ambit of e-governance. As the first step, city should procure equipments
required for various applications by year 2011-12, which should be followed by the capacity building
exercises aimed at enabling existing staff and recruitment of new staff competent to carry out the
required duties. The city should aim to carry out registration of births & deaths, public grievance
redressal, payment of property tax and bills of other utilities, municipal accounting, and works
management system through computerization by year 2015-16. It is also recommended that
Hoshangabad municipality should adhere to following timelines to achieve the objectives of this
reform by year 2015-16.
SNo
1
2
Reform
Appointment of State-level Technology
Consultant as State Technology Advisor
Finalization of implementation action plan
2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16

Yes
Work in Progress
Appointment of Software consultant(s) /

Yes
agency for deployment/training
Implementation of e-governance against the following modules
Property tax
20%
50%
80%
100%
Accounting
25%
50%
75%
100%
Water supply and other utilities
25%
50%
75%
100%
Birth and death registration
40%
100%
Citizens grievance monitoring
30%
30%
Personnel management system
70%
100%
30%
100%
11.3.3 User Charges

Desired Objective
UIDSSMT requires certain reforms to be undertaken by states/ cities in the levy of User Charges on
different municipal services, with an objective of securing effective linkages between asset creation
and asset maintenance and ultimately leading to self-sustaining delivery of urban services.
Current Status
At present, municipality levies user charges only for Water supply. Municipality charges Rs 750 as
connection fee for every new connection irrespective of type of consumer. The tariff structure for the
same has been is given below.
156
S. No.
1
2
Type of Consumer
Domestic (1.0 / 0.75 / 0.5) inch
Non Domestic (1.0 / 0.75 / 0.5) inch
Water Charges
80/60/40
100/80/60
Source: Hoshangabad Municipality

Firstly, Municipality should establish a proper accounting system for Water Supply and should
subsequently expand this system to other services such as solid waste management, sewerage, etc.
The accounting system for water supply should be established together with the reforms related to
municipal accounting. A proper accounting system should be in place for all the municipal services by
year 2014-15. During this period, ULB should work in coordination of state government to define a
user charge structure and service standards for each of the services. These initiatives should result in
full recovery of O&M costs by year 2015-16. It is also recommended that Hoshangabad municipality
should adhere to following timelines to achieve the objectives of this reform by year 2015-16.
SNo
Reform
Formulation and adoption of a policy on user

Yes
charges by State/ULB
The State should set up a body for
To be sorted out by State and ULB
recommending a user charge structure
Recovery of O&M cost
70%
80%
90%
100%
Establishment of proper accounting system for each service so as to determine the O&M cost
separately
20%
50%
80%
100%
Water Supply
NA
100%
Sewerage
2
3
4
A
B
C
2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16
25%
Achievement of targeted service standards for the services
75
75
Water Supply (lpcd)
Sewerage
C
A

Defining user charge structure for the services
Water Supply
Sewerage
50%
75%
100%
75
100
135
80%
85%
90%
NA
70%
70%
Yes
Yes
Yes
11.3.4 Basic Services to the Urban Poor

Desired Objective
Provision of basic services to the poor including security of tenure at affordable prices, improved
housing, water supply, sanitation and ensuring delivery of other existing universal services of the
Government for education, health and social security.
Current Status
The municipality attempts to universalize the coverage of services such as water supply, sanitation,
solid waste management and other infrastructure facilities but has not achieved any break through
due to the location disadvantage of these areas and inadequacy of funds available. Municipality has
also been coordinating with other agencies for the universalization of services like health and
education.
157

The municipality should attempt to increase the coverage of all services so that all urban poor have
access to a minimum level of service. This can be achieved by means of various sub projects in a
phased manner. Schemes like IHSDP should address the issue of housing and rehabilitation whereas
all new projects should consider delivery of services to the poor as a part of their primary objective. All
projects identified under CIP should give a due importance to coverage of citys poor population. In
addition to the new developmental works, works related to up gradation or strengthening of service
delivery mechanism should also focus on the citys poor population. City should target a period 5
years to cover all urban poor with basic services.
11.3.5 Internal earmarking for basic services for poor

Desired Objective
UIDSSMT requires certain reforms to be undertaken by states/ cities in the provision of basic services
to the Urban Poor, with an objective of providing security of tenure at affordable prices, improved
housing, water supply and sanitation. In addition, delivery of other existing universal services of the
government for education, health and social security is to be ensured.
Current Status
1. State has identified all Urban Below-Poverty-Line families using financial and non-financial
criteria. While financial criterion uses monthly income as the parameter, non-financial criterion
attempts to cover social factors such as housing, water & hygiene, education, literacy,
employment,
2. According to surveys conducted by Hoshangabad Municipality, there are around 4460 BPL
families in the Hoshangabad.
A detailed survey to identify the needs of urban poor in the areas of infrastructure and socio-economic
upliftment should be carried out. Based on the findings of this survey and an institutional support from
the state government, municipality should allocate certain percentage, ranging from 20 to 25 %, of
their expenditure for the urban poor. It is also recommended that Hoshangabad municipality should
adhere to following timelines to achieve the objectives of this reform by year 2015-16.
SNo
1
2
3
4
5
Reform
A resolution between State Government and
ULB on comprehensive policy on providing
basic services to all urban poor
Defining criteria for identification of the urban
poor.
Fresh enumeration based on the above
Decision on the Funds Allocation Percentage
Achievement of actual fund allocation in the
budget
2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
50%
75%
100%
11.3.6 Property Tax

Desired Objective
JNNURM requires certain reforms to be undertaken by states/ cities in Property Taxes, with the broad
objective of establishing a simple, transparent, non-discretionary and equitable property tax regime
that encourages voluntary compliance. States/cities need to ensure that their desirable objectives for
reforms include these reforms, but need not restrict themselves to these items.
158
Current Status
Currently, Hoshangabad Municipality levies property tax on residential, commercial and industrial
properties and its collection during the year 2007-08 was INR 7.15 lakhs. The property tax is being
calculated on the basis of Unit Area method.
Considering the low collection efficiency and gap between properties liable to pay property tax and
properties that actually pay, property tax reforms should carried out on the immediate basis to
improve the municipal revenues. It is recommended that Hoshangabad municipality should adhere to
following timelines to achieve the objectives of this reform by year 2015-16.
S.No
1
2
Reform
2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16
Migration to Self-Assessment System of

Property Taxation
Extension to uncovered properties
Yes
50%
100%
20%
40%
75%
100%
Migration to the GIS-based property tax

system
Review and Revision of Property Tax

guidelines
Yes
40%
50%
60%
72%
85%
Coverage Ratio (Registered Properties /

Actual No. of Properties)
60%
70%
75%
80%
85%
Establish Taxpayer education programme
Yes
11.4 Optional Reforms at level of the State Government/Urban Local Body

This category consists of reforms which are not mandatory and should be taken up by state/ULB on
their own convenience.
SNo
Reform
Status
Revision of bye-laws to streamline the approval process for construction

of buildings, development of sites etc.
Completed
Simplification of legal and procedural frameworks for conversion of

agricultural land for non-agricultural purposes.
Completed
Introduction of Property Title Certification System in ULBs.
To be completed
Earmarking at least 20-25% of developed land in all housing projects

(both Public and Private Agencies) for EWS/LIG category with a system of
cross subsidization.
Work in Progress
Introduction of computerized process of registration of land and property.
To be completed
Revision of bye-laws to make rain water harvesting mandatory in all

buildings and adoption of water conservation measures.
Completed
Bye-laws for reuse of recycled water.
Completed
Administrative reforms i.e. reduction in establishment by bringing out

voluntary retirement schemes, non-filling up of posts falling vacant due to
retirement etc., and achieving specified milestones in this regard.
To be completed
159
Structural reforms
To be completed
10
Encouraging Public Private Partnership
To be completed
160
Annexure A Workshop Proceedings
161
First Workshop Inception Workshop

Inception Workshop was organized on 9th November 2009 at Amruta Sabha Kaksh Conference Hall
at Municipality Complex, Hoshangabad.
Mr. Nishant Warwade, the District Collector, Hoshangabad district, headed the meeting. Following
officials / representatives were present in the meeting:1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
Mr. Nishant Warwade, the District Collector, Hoshangabad district

Mr. Pandit Girija Shankar Sharma, the MLA
Mr. N K Pandey, the President, Hoshangabad Municipality
Mr. B. C. Trivedi, the Superintendent Engineer, Water Resources
Mr. Alok Saxena, the Executive Engineer, PWD
Mr. S S Kushwaha, Saha Sanchalak Aadivashi Vikas
Mr. B L Meena, the Joint Director
Mr. Nand Kishore Yadav, Council Member
Mr. Kisanlal Yadav, Council Member
Mr. Prakash Tiwari, Council Member
Mrs. Mira, Council Member
Mrs. Asha Rathore, Council Member
Mrs. Kalpana Verma
Mrs. Vijaya Kadam, Council Member
Mr. Rajkumar Khandelwal, President, Vypari Mahasangh
Mr. Devendra, Vypari Mahasangh
Mr. Jinendra Jain, Vice - President, Vypari Mahasangh
Mr. Bhawani Shankar Sharma, Jila - Adyaksh
Dr. L L Sharma,
Mr. B S Patel
Mr. Rajoria
Mr. D C Garg
Mr. Gopal Prasad Khadar
Mr. Yadav
Mr. Ashok Kumar Dubey
Mr. Prashant
Mr. Rai Narayan
Mr. Praneshvar
Mr. Shelendra Gaur
Mr. Govind Sharma
Mr. Abhay Verma
Mr. Pramod Yadav
Mr. Kailash Singh
Mr. Milind
Mr. Ghanshyam
Mr. Venkat Krishna, IMaCS
Mr. Devesh Joshi, IMaCS
Mr. Gaurav Jain, IMaCS
162
A brief summary of proceedings of Kick-off Stakeholder Consultation Workshop is as follows:

1.
IMaCS made an inaugural address in

which background to the study was
explained which was followed by an
overview of the firm. IMaCS
showcased its capability in doing this
kind of study by demonstrating
successful completion of similar
projects in the past.
2.
IMaCS explained the need for a longterm plan for Hoshangabad and role
of IMaCS, with support from Stakeholders, in preparing the City Development Plan.
3.
The District Collector and the MLA

jointly stressed on the need of
primary focus on improving overall
quality of living of the citizens in
addition to the physical and social
infrastructure of the town. They
requested the stakeholders to
contribute to the discussions by
providing their inputs on the major
issues countered by the town and
asked members to highlight project s
that are required considering the long term requirements of the town.
The presentation by IMaCS familiarized the stakeholders with the purpose, process, and expected
outcomes of the CDP study. Members were then requested for their views and suggestions in
formulating the City Development Plan with key stress on following areas:
a.
Vision for the town in the next 25 years
b.
Projects to be undertaken
c.
Ward specific issues that need immediate attention
163
Stakeholders also suggested various prerequisites for the sustainable development and a roadmap
which would help Hoshangabad city achieve its goals.
Sector-wise suggestions from stakeholders are presented in the following table.
Priority
Sector
Suggestions
Narmada River
Protection
Issues:
All drains without proper treatment of sewage and drainage are mixing with
Narmada water
It is usual scenario that the surrounding houses and temples dumping their
waste on the bank of the river and there is no proper waste collection
system established
There are no proper toilet facilities except at one Ghat, which is resulting to
miss use of the surroundings
Suggestions:
Sewage Treatment Plant to be established by diverting all sewers as
immediate measure.
Proper Solid waste collection system has to be taken care by primary
collection of waste on daily basis by educating people throughout the bank
Connecting roads to all ghats has to be widened to make access free of
encroachments and congestions
Proper toilet/rest room facility has to be established with minimal charges
and a guard to force the surroundings for the environmental protection of
the area
II
Sewerage &
Sanitation
Issues:
City, in general is not equipped with the proper Sewerage system.
Solid waste which includes kitchen waste, paper, covers and other raw
materials are dumped on the sewers which are causing of unhygienic
condition at the surroundings.
As sewage system is not properly planned to tackle to the demand of the
households it is usual scenario that sewage is overflowed and situation
worsen in the rainy seasons.
The existing public toilets are not maintained properly and are insufficient to
tackle the demand of floating population.
Suggestions:
All 33 wards has to be covered with underground sewage system by
projecting future needs
Proper treatment facility has to be established to protect the river from
pollution and people from water borne diseases.
Number of public toilets has to be increased especially at all the ghats,
railway station and bus terminus. New public toilets have to be well
planned and designed to tackle the floating population and should consider
the movement of people in the city.
Maintenance has to be taken care to even by collecting nominal charges
164
III
Traffic &
Transportation
IV
Solid Waste
Management
Education
from the users.

Issues:
Roads are too narrow for pedestrian and bicycle usage
There are no parking lots provided which is forcing people to park vehicles
on the roads
Due to passage of national and state highway through heart of the city
there is always danger for the pedestrian use especially school going
children and old age people.
Railway crossing are becoming very hectic due to turn of traffic for every 15
min.
Encroachments by street hawkers and slum dwellers further restrained the
movement of traffic which intern causing for frequent traffic congestions at
all major junctions in the city
Suggestions:
An immediate attention should be paid to widen the roads by clearing the
slums and street hawkers.
Pedestrian and cycling tracks has to be paved for the safety of the people
Separate parking lots either pay and use or free has to be arranged
through all the district roads and all major junctions to avoid congestions.
A bypass has to be constructed to divert heavy vehicles entering into the
city.
An under bridge or over bridge has to be established at the two major
railway crossing for free flow of traffic.
Issues:
There is no primary collection and transfer system established in the City.
There is no sufficient infrastructure available with the municipality to
provide desired services to people
Existing dump-yard is causing air pollution and could cause major health
hazard.
There is no proper maintenance of the ghats.
Existing dump bins located are totally out of use and are primary causes for
health-hazards at the surroundings.
Suggestions:
Primary (household connection) has to be established throughout all the
wards for domestic and commercial purposes.
A proper treatment facility has to be established by considering future
requirements
People awareness programmes has to be conducted for successful
implementation of any action.
Issues:
Lack of proper boundary walls resulting encroachments in to the public
schools.
Schools are located right in front of the highways and open drains without
proper safety measures.
There is no proper pedestrian connectivity to the schools for safe passage.
There is no proper technical training school established in and around the
city
165
VI
Trade &
Commerce
Suggestions:
There is need of more primary schools, vocational schools and technical
institutes to meet demands of the future population.
Ground near Government schools should be properly maintained and strict
actions should be taken against any attempt of encroachments in these
places.
Provision should be made for the donation of land to Education
department.
A Girls College should be planned in the city.
Private schools should be brought under strict regulations to prevent the
exploitation of students. A committee at Municipality level should be formed
to evaluate private schools ability in providing necessary support and
infrastructure to students.
There is no proper vegetable or food grain market serving the city.
Street hawkers are all over the city, who are resulting traffic congestions
and waste.
City is trailing its market potential to serve as a nodal centre to the
surrounding villages
Suggestions:
A designated vegetable, fruit and grain market has to be established in the
city and master plan has to provide space for the facility
Street hawkers have to be regularised by licensing them and allocating
space for the trading.
IMaCS concluded the meeting with a vote of thanks to all the stakeholders.
166
Second and Third Workshop: Sector Analysis, City Vision & Strategy
formulation
This Workshop was organized on 18th February 2010 at Amruta Sabha Kaksh Conference Hall at
Municipality Complex, Hoshangabad.
Persons present
Stakeholder group at the workshop comprised of officials / representatives from elected bodies,
municipality, line departments of state government, community members etc. A list of persons present
in the workshop is given below:1. Mrs. Maya Narolia, President, Hoshangabad Municipal Council
2. Mrs. Ruchi Vardhan, S.P., Hoshangabad
3. Mr. Pramod Soni, Vice-President, Hoshangabad Municipal Council
4. Mr. Abhay Verma, Representative of MLA
5. Mr. Gopal Prasad Khaddar, President, Nagar Mandir Samiti
6. Mr. Ranjana Mukesh Yadav, Council Member, Hoshangabad Municipal Council
7. Mr. Sunil Manware, Council Member, Hoshangabad Municipal Council
8. Mr. Rajesh Machiya, Representative of Council Member
9. Mr. Nisar Khan, Council Member, Hoshangabad Municipal Council
10. Mr. Naveen Rajput, Council Member, Hoshangabad Municipal Council
11. Mr. Tapesh Gour, Council Member, Hoshangabad Municipal Council
12. Mr. Mahesh Prasad Babriya, Council Member, Hoshangabad Municipal Council
13. Mrs. Anju Rani, Council Member, Hoshangabad Municipal Council
14. Mrs. Sima Uikey, Council Member, Hoshangabad Municipal Council
15. Mrs. Uma Shivhare, Council Member, Hoshangabad Municipal Council
16. Mr. Kishan Lal Yadav, Council Member, Hoshangabad Municipal Council
17. Mr. Bayiyaa, Council Member, Hoshangabad Municipal Council
18. Mr. Santosh Upadhyay, Council Member, Hoshangabad Municipal Council
19. Mr. Tej Kumar Gaur, Council Member, Hoshangabad Municipal Council
20. Mr. Anokhelal Rajoria,Council Member, Hoshangabad Municipal Council
21. Mr. Deepsingh Sisodia, Council Member, Hoshangabad Municipal Council
22. Mrs. Lata Madhav, Council Member, Hoshangabad Municipal Council
23. Mr. Sampat Bayiyaa, Council Member, Hoshangabad Municipal Council
24. Mr. Praneshawar, Ex-Council Member, Hoshangabad Municipal Council
25. Mrs. Bhawna Dubey, Principal
26. Mr. Rakesh Rawat,
27. Mr. Raman Verma,
167
28. Mr. Arunendra Dixit, Sub-Engineer

29. Mr. Vinay Jain, , Sub-Engineer
30. Mr. Ashok Dubey, A.O., Tubewell Division
31. Mr. B.L.Meena, A.D.F.
32. Mr. B.S. Patel, Retd. SSO
33. Mr. Munna Gwala, Ward No. 30
34. Mr. S.K.Dubey
35. Mr. Sudheer Dhaam, Press
36. Mr. Sonu Gakkhar
37. Mrs. Vandana Chutiley
38. Mrs. Usha Dongre
39. Mr. Tara Malviya
40. Mr. Kumed Malviya
41. Mr. Ravi, Press
42. Mr. Abhilash Verma, IMaCS
43. Mr. Venkat Krishna, Executive Research Officer, IMaCS
44. Mr. Gaurav Jain, Associate Analyst, IMaCS
Proceedings and Key Discussion Points for visioning

A brief summary of proceedings of Second Stakeholder Consultation Workshop is as follows:
1.
Mr. Rawat made an inaugural address in which background to the study was explained which
was followed by a presentation by IMaCS Team.
2.
IMaCS gave a brief presentation of Sector Analysis and City Profile Report. The presentation
was followed by a discussion on City Vision
Plan and Sector Goals. Inputs from
stakeholders on the city vision and sector
goals were supplemented by a Hindi
Questionnaire survey. The objective of
questionnaire survey was to elicit responses
on questions related to overall city
infrastructure and health & service level of
infrastructure facilities.
3.
The S.P. and the President, Hoshangabad

Municipality stressed on the importance of
formulation of city vision and sector goals
which would be the watchword for the future
development of the city. He called for the
utmost attention while filling of questionnaire
168
as responses obtained would be an indicator of people perception of city infrastructure and

their vision of city.
A brief summary of presentation and discussion that followed the presentation is as follows:
The main aim of presentation was to apprise stakeholders of the findings of in-depth analysis of all the
sectors/services that come under the purview of Hoshangabad Municipality, namely Water Supply,
Solid Waste Management System, Sewerage & Sanitation, Drainage, Transportation, Street Lighting
& Fire Fighting and Urban Services for Poor. Apart from these sectors, Health and Education were
also dealt in detail.
Presentation started off with a brief introduction of the study i.e. Preparation of City Development Plan
for the Hoshangabad City, so as to bring all the stakeholders on the same platform. As it was the first
presentation to the new Council, it was imperative to apprise all stakeholders with progress of the
study till that date.
It was followed by a presentation of city profile which included general, demographic and socioeconomic city profiling. General city profile comprised of location, connectivity and a brief on
environment of Hoshangabad city. Demographic profile dealt with population growth trend and its
probable reasons, population projection and major issues & key observations related to the
demography of Hoshangabad. Socio-Economic profile comprised of key socio-economic parameters,
major economic base and major issues & main observations.
City profiling was followed by the findings of Sector Analysis (of aforementioned sectors) for short and
medium term, i.e. 5 years and 25 years respectively. Analysis comprised of existing status of service
level indicators, Demand-Supply Gaps for short & long term and key observations & major issues.
It was then succeeded by an analysis of financial status of the Hoshangabad Municipality. The
discussion was carried out in terms of various financial indicators viz. Operating Ratio, Capital
Utilization Ratio, Tax Revenue as % of revenue income, Non Tax revenue as % revenue income,
Property tax as % of revenue income, Grant as % of revenue income, Salaries' Expenses to Revenue
Income, Salaries' Expenses to Revenue Expenses, O&M as % of Revenue Expenses.
After covering these sections, IMaCS team turned their focus on formulation of a vision for the
Hoshangabad. This part of the presentation included definition of vision, major concerns that need to
be addressed while developing a vision and important aspects that define Hoshangabad city. It was
then followed by few sample Vision Statements from IMaCS team. Before discussing the individual
sector goals, IMaCS team presented the findings of review of national and international best practices
for various sectors.
Formulation of City vision and Sectoral goals
were supplemented by a Questionnaire survey
with the aim of obtaining stakeholders vision of
the city. The Questionnaire survey comprised of
a Hindi questionnaire. Questionnaire survey
included stakeholders view of problems in the
various sectors, evaluation of citys growth and
infrastructure and ranking of major issues of
Hoshangabad
city,
as
perceived
by
stakeholders.
169
In addition to the Questionnaire Survey, several issues ranging from physical, social and economic
infrastructure to the vision of the Hoshangabad city
for the year 2035 were discussed in detail.
Some of the key issues that were discussed in the
workshop are:
Generation of resources
Sewerage and Drainage Management
Traffic
Congestion near the Ghats
By-pass for the city
Improper Cleaning of Natural Drains
Clarifications in the land use plan
Over-utilization of individual septic tanks.
No alternate entertainment and hospitality near the Ghats
Lack of sufficient Public Conveniences near the Ghats
Need of Technical and Professional Education Institutions
Animals should be prevented from wandering on the city roads
Encroachments on the drainage system and city roads
In this workshop in addition to the formulation of the vision and sector goals, selection of strategies
based on their contribution towards achieving the city vision and sector goals were also discussed.
The selection of strategies was followed/ supplemented by prioritization of identified projects and
immediate actions required to achieve the sector goals. This workshop culminated in the
consolidation of city vision, sector goals, strategies, priority actions and projects.
Mr. Rawat, Hoshangabad Municipality, concluded the meeting with a vote of thanks to the Council,
other stakeholders and IMaCSs team.
170
Final Workshop: Draft Report Finalisation

The final workshop for City Development Plan for Hoshangabad was held on 7th December 2010 at
Amruta Sabha Kaksh Conference Hall at Municipality Complex, Hoshangabad.
Mr. Nishant Warwade, the District Collector, Hoshangabad district, headed the workshop. About 40
stakeholders including Municipal officials, Councilors and eminent personal from Hoshangabad have
participated in this workshop.
Broad theme for this workshop was to appraise the stakeholders with the outcome of the plan and
share with them the Projects which has come out from the detailed consultations in the preceding
workshops and corresponding investments to implement those projects on ground.
Municipal interventions which are needed in order to cope up with the projected investments and the
amount of revenue which the municipality can generate upon doing the proposed reforms were also
discussed.
CIP and FOP were explained to the stakeholders with a road map on how to achieve it.
The Stakeholder had given the following suggestions to be included in the final CDP.
1. Broad recommendations for the future extension of Municipal Limits
2. Provision of parking spaces, to reduce traffic related problems in the city especially due to weekly
market on Sunday.
3. Proposal to enhance of tourism by introducing Ropeway trolleys across river Narmada.
4. Optimum use for the Old bus stand, which is lying vacant
IMaCS concluded the meeting with a vote of thanks to all the stakeholders.
171
Annexure B Questionnaire Survey
172
Questionnaire Survey
The Vision stakeholder workshop also involved a questionnaire survey to elicit stakeholders
responses on key issues faced by city and extent of their severity. A questionnaire, provided in this
Annexure, was designed by IMaCS team to gain a comprehensive understanding of city-level and
ward-specific issues encountered by citizens of Hoshangabad. The questionnaire survey tried to
obtain stakeholders vision of city, prioritization of criticality of various urban services and prioritization
of criticality of various components in each sector.
Questionnaire
The questionnaire was divided into two parts; one corresponding to the entire city and the second part
corresponding to the ward specific issues.
In the first part of the questionnaire, questions pertaining to the whole city were included such as
important aspects of the city, economic drivers, physical & social infrastructure, etc. The respondents
were asked to rank the criticality of the issues on a scale of 1 to 9 with 1 being most critical and 9
being the least. The guidelines to decide the criticality included importance of a particular sector in
citys development and existing status of the sector. These sectors were further divided into various
components and respondents were again asked to rank the criticality of these components. This
provided the information corresponding to the adequacy of the supporting infrastructure and facilities
related to these sectors. The sectors included in the questionnaire were: Road network, Road surface
condition, Water Supply, Sewerage facility, Storm water drainage, Solid waste management, Health
facilities, Education facilities, and Greenery and adequacy of open space e.g. adequacy of parks,
lawns in the city etc.
In the second part of the questionnaire, a detailed survey of ward-wise infrastructure facilities was
carried out. The approach and methodology adopted in this part was same as that followed in the first
part of the questionnaire. Each respondent was asked to respond with respect to the ward he/she
belongs to.
The data collected through the questionnaire survey was analyzed to prioritize various
sectors/services of the city according to their criticality. In addition to this, various components of each
sector were also prioritized in order to identify the critical areas of all urban sectors/services. The data
set included40responses for each question of the questionnaire.
Questionnaire analysis:
According to majority of respondents, Hoshangabad city existence and evolution revolves around the
Narmada River, which makes the city holy. Other things which are of significant importance to citys
cultural and socio-economic development are Salkanpur temple, Sethani ghat and Greenery in the
city.
A basic analysis which includes percentage of respondents who have ranked various infrastructure
sectors on a scale of 1 to 9 is given in Table A.A brief study of Table A suggests that Storm Water
Drainage System, Road Surface Condition and Sewerage facility are among the most critical
problems of Hoshangabad city.
Table A Status of Infrastructure Facilities
Rank
Road Network
5%
3
-
15%
4
15%
5
25%
6
20%
7
5%
8
10%
9
5%
173
Rank
Road surface Condition
20%
10%
25%
15%
10%
5%
15%
10%
5%
10%
30%
5%
10%
30%
Sewerage facility
5%
30%
35%
35%
5%
10%
5%
10%
15%
5%
10%
-
20%
10%
5%
-
Solid Waste
20%
10%
15%
10%
5%
5%
15%
20%
Health Facility
5%
5%
25%
15%
20%
10%
20%
Education Facility
Parks
5%
-
5%
-
20%
-
10%
10%
15%
10%
15%
15%
25%
30%
5%
35%
In addition to a preliminary analysis, an overall rank for each sector was derived out of cumulative
perception in terms of its criticality. A decreasing rank order of various infrastructure facilities is given
in Table B. The ranking thus obtained lays down a path for prioritization of development works in the
city. It would try to synchronize the usage of developmental funds with the needs of the city. It should
be kept in mind that Table B is only an indicator of relative criticality of various sectors/services.
Table B Ranking of Infrastructure Facilities
Rank
Infrastructure Facility
Road Surface Condition
Sewerage facility
Health Facility
Road Network
Education facility
Parks, Lawns
A detailed analysis was carried out for each sector in order to identify the most critical problem within
each sector. The findings of this analysis will be useful while devising City Investment Plan, Annual
Action Plan and Prioritization of projects within each sector. Table C lists most critical problems in the
various sectors/services of the city.
Table C Critical Sectoral Issues
Sector
Most critical problem
Water Supply
Supply Hours
Blocked Drains
Transportation
Encroachments
Shortage of Collection Vehicles
As for the social infrastructure, stakeholders were asked to rank their perception on a scale of 1 to 4
with 1 being good, 2 being Satisfactory, 3 being Poor and 4 being Very Poor. Table D quantifies the
stakeholders perception in terms percentage of responses that allotted every facility a particular rank.
174
Table D indicates that the city in-general suffers from poor social infrastructure which includes parks,
proper markets & parking space, recreational activities, and good education and health care.
Table D State of Social Infrastructure

Social Infra
Parks
15%
40%
45%
Market
5%
40%
55%
Movie Hall
5%
60%
35%
Hotel/Restaurants
15%
55%
30%
Street Shops
5%
60%
35%
Playground/Stadium
15%
50%
20%
Above was a brief analysis of the responses received during questionnaire survey. The findings of this
survey would be of great assistance during various stages of the study. The findings have been well
incorporated in this City Vision and Sector Goals Report. The findings of this report will play a key
role during the devising of City Investment Plan and Annual Action Plans. The Vision stakeholder
workshop also involved a questionnaire survey to elicit stakeholders responses on key issues faced
by city and extent of their severity. A questionnaire, provided in this Annexure, was designed by
IMaCS team to gain a comprehensive understanding of city-level and ward-specific issues
encountered by citizens of Hoshangabad. The questionnaire survey tried to obtain stakeholders
vision of city, prioritization of criticality of various urban services and prioritization of criticality of
various components in each sector.
A copy of questionnaire is also attached in this Annexure.
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
Annexure C Financial Projections
182
Financial Projections
Financial Year ------>
2005
-06
2006
-07
Figures in Rs. Lakhs

A

SUMMARY
i
Opening balance
ii
Revenue Receipts
iii Revenue Expenditure
iv Municipal receipts
v
Municipal expenditure
New Debt Servicing Exp.
New O&M Exp.
vi Revenue Surplus/ Deficit for the year
vi
Municipal Surplus/ Deficit for the year
i
vi
Closing balance
ii
ix Performance Indicators
2007
-08
2008
-09
2009
-10
Actuals
2012
-13
2013
-14
2014
-15
2015
-16
2016
-17
2017
-18
2018
-19
2019
-20
2020
-21
Projection
69
612
513
820
820
69
680
558
940
1039
-30
752
615
1347
1347
-30
1093
814
2683
2667
-15
754
713
1121
1095
0
0
11
939
815
1602
1516
1
35
96
1084
963
2408
2353
2
106
151
1248
1199
3005
3043
4
204
114
1423
1423
3600
3620
14
324
94
1654
1646
3578
3566
21
436
106
1899
1784
2057
1942
22
458
220
2086
1940
2168
2021
28
481
367
2281
2107
2368
2194
32
505
541
2495
2285
2588
2377
32
530
752
2732
2479
2831
2578
32
557
(334)
98
123
138
279
41
124
121
49
115
146
175
211
253
16
(0)
(100)
16
26
85
54
(37)
(20)
12
115
146
175
211
253
69
69
(30)
(30)
(15)
11
96
151
114
94
106
220
367
541
752
1,00
5
63.5
1
80%
14.0
8
81%
1.02
1.38
6.25
6.19
6.44
7.56
8.87
76%
186.
22
78%
83%
85%
86%
86%
87%
87%
88%
PT Collection Performance
REVENUE ACCOUNT
RECEIPTS
I
Own Sources
Tax Revenue
1 Property Tax
2 Integrated tax
3 Other Taxes
Non Tax
1 Rental Income from Municipal Properties
2 Water Charges
3 Sewerage Charges
4 License and Fees
5 Others
Sub Total Own Revenue
2011
-12
53
352
686
585
569
DSCR
2010
-11
Estim
ate
25
11
1
30
18
3
40
7
5
26
8
5
132
10
8
33
12
5
64
13
5
76
14
6
82
15
6
85
16
7
88
17
7
109
18
8
115
20
8
119
22
9
123
23
10
128
25
10
68
22
139
21
154
24
157
31
359
52
196
34
2
13
142
2
24
237
3
61
296
3
35
265
14
64
638
6
44
329
220
109
0
6
49
467
246
155
0
7
55
559
276
197
19
8
62
664
309
232
47
9
69
774
346
292
94
10
78
932
387
347
128
11
87
1095
434
368
138
12
97
1192
486
384
144
14
109
1286
544
399
150
16
122
1387
610
415
156
17
137
1498
183
II
II
I
Assigned Revenue and Compensations

1 Octroi compensation
2 Stamp duty
3 Passenger tax compensation
4 Income under special acts
Sub Total assign revenue
260
0
59
1
319
180
35
72
0
288
283
29
75
0
387
311
35
8
0
355
251
24
57
1
333
281
26
61
1
369
315
28
66
1
410
353
30
72
1
456
395
33
77
1
506
443
36
84
1
563
496
38
90
1
625
555
41
97
1
695
622
45
105
1
773
697
48
114
1
860
780
52
123
1
956
27
0
32
0
60
352
23
11
21
0
55
612
37
6
54
0
97
680
32
0
68
0
100
752
50
1
50
0
101
1093
38
4
50
0
92
754
42
4
56
0
103
939
48
5
63
0
115
1084
53
5
70
0
128
1248
60
5
78
0
143
1423
67
6
87
0
160
1654
75
6
98
0
178
1899
84
7
109
0
199
2086
94
7
122
0
223
2281
105
8
136
0
249
2495
118
8
152
0
278
2732
256
24
285
26
292
28
363
43
525
36
448
35
493
34
543
35
651
37
716
35
788
35
867
35
953
36
1049
36
1154
35
1269
35
120
172
197
169
199
188
0
207
35
228
106
251
204
276
324
303
436
334
458
367
481
404
505
444
530
489
557
0
0
0
1
0
2
0
4
0
14
0
21
0
22
0
28
0
32
0
32
0
32
17
22
37
35
49
35
39
43
47
52
57
62
69
75
83
91
425
513
558
615
814
713
815
963
1199
1423
1646
1784
1940
2107
2285
2479
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8
0
16
0
23
0
121
0
74
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
39
78
91
126
108
27
28
29
30
Revenue Grants, Contributions and Subsidies

1
2
3
4
Road maintenance
Mid day meal
State finance commission (S.F.C)
Other grants
Sub total Revenue Grants
Total Revenue Receipts
EXPENDITURE
I
Salaries/ Wages & Allowances
II
Administrative Expenses
II
Operation & Maintenance
I
1 Existing O&M
2 New O&M
I
Programme Expenses
V
V Repayment of Loans
1 Existing Loans
2 New Loans
V
Other Miscellaneous expenditure
I
Total Revenue Expenses
C
88
13
49
1
150
CAPITAL ACCOUNT
RECEIPTS
I
Sale of asset
II
Loans
II
Public Contribution
I
I
Income from Connection Fee (Water & Sewerage)
V
V Grants & Contributions
184
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
V
I
Special Projects
Basic services
UIDSSMT
IHSDP
Flood relief & NRCP
T.F.C
Other Grants
New Grants
Sub Total Grants
1
108
0
0
15
0
75
0
134
0
0
5
29
24
6
76
0
0
0
58
88
0
146
0
21
299
0
94
0
200
800
250
205
60
38
0
149
0
0
113
32
69
200
192
228
560
1553
363
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
34
0
618
652
0
37
0
1232
1269
0
40
0
1617
1657
0
43
0
1922
1965
0
47
0
1677
1724
0
51
0
0
51
0
55
0
0
55
0
59
0
0
59
0
64
0
0
64
0
69
0
0
69
Other Capital income
Total Capital Receipts
201
193
230
564
1557
367
663
1323
1757
2177
1924
158
81
87
93
99
118
295
444
672
1796
382
701
1390
1843
2197
1920
158
81
87
93
99
EXPENDITURE
I
CAPEX
V
185
Annexure D Future Development Extension of Municipal Area
186
Extension in Municipal Area

As the existing area of Hoshangabad Municipality is already developed and in future to meet the
demand of growing population, it is anticipated that municipal limits will get extended to the planning
area boundary of Hoshangabad city. The extended boundary would include the 19 villages such as
Dogarwada, Khedla, Fafertal, Tugariya, Budhwada, Patlayi Khurd, Agarkalan, Palasi, Deshmohini,
Undra Khedi, Pawarkheda, Kulamadi, Dongri, Malakhedi, Raipur, Nimsadia, Pathori, Chandrapur and
Jasalpurlying towards the south of the existing city. The extended area would help in reducing the
immense pressure on the infrastructure of the existing city.
As per the development plan of Hoshangabad, the addition of the new villages will increase the
Municipal area to about 140 Sq.km. List of villages along with their areas is given below:
Area details of Extended Hoshangabad in future
Sl No.
Name
Area (Hectare)
Dongarwada
833.19
Khojanpur
857.99
Byawara
697.87
Pawaar Kheda
299.41
Budhwada
371.64
Agra Kala
273.65
Khedla
439.09
Tugaariya
123.97
Patlai Khurd
222.93
10
Kulmadi
577.12
11
Pathaudi
178.17
12
Plaasi
136.89
13
Undrakhedi
225.52
14
Deshmohani
228.38
15
Chandrapura
293.56
16
Jalalabad
173.92
17
Dogri
173.54
18
Malakhedi
562.09
19
Phefartaal
564.94
20
Rasuliya
295.10
21
Kishanpura
209.38
22
Raipur
2272.06
23
Jaasalpur
24
Nimsaadiya
Total
Existing Hoshangabad Town
Grand Total
984.4
1782.36
12777.18
1233.46
14010.64
187
Boundaries of Extended Municipal Area
188
Demography
The current Municipal jurisdictional area comprises of nine villages at present namely Khojanpur,
Rasuliya, Jalalabad, Malakhedi, Kishanpura, Dongri, Budhwada, Kulamadi and Phefartaal.
Kishanpura is the only village which is totally inside the municipal area; whereas the other villages
have some part inside the municipal limits. As per Census 2001, Hoshangabad Municipality has a
population of 97,424, which will be increased by additional population of 20,421 from extended area.
For the existing Municipal Area & population the detailed analysis and recommendation are already
discussed in the Chapter 3, 6, and 8 etc. So recommendation in this section will be limited to the
additional area and additional population. It should be read along with the recommendation suggested
for existing areas.
Population Projections
The present growth rate of these villages is very less, therefore while projecting the future population
of this area we have assumed the growth rate as 2.7% which is same as the growth rate of the urban
area in Hoshangabad. As Hoshangabad is growing at a very fast pace due to the growth of various
economic activities in the area therefore it is expected that the surrounding area would also grow at
the same growth rate.
Population Projections for extended area
Year
1991
2001
2011
2015
2021
2025
2031
2035
Population
Projection
17364
20421
26751
29802
32492
38183
43644
47953
As shown above the projected population for the extended area is 47953 for the year 2035. The
infrastructural facilities for the extended area have been proposed for the extended area.
Infrastructural Facilities
Physical Infrastructure
Water Supply: The existing source of water supply in the extended area is tube wells. But
once this area will become part of Hoshangabad Municipality, the water supply will be
administered by Hoshangabad Municipality, which will lead to the source augmented by
additional 6.5 MLD for the above projected population. All the areas will have to connect by
network of ESR & GSRs with distribution network. As the additional villages are very sparsely
populated. We recommend that water supply distribution network should be developed in
phased manner.
Sewerage System: As the extended area is very sparsely populated there is no sewerage
system prevailing in the area. We recommend that septic tanks should be proposed to cater
189
the needs of the existing population; this system can be upgraded as soon as it comes under
the jurisdictions of the municipality.
Solid Waste Management: Currently the extended area does not face any serious problems
related to solid waste management because it is very sparsely populated. As per the 2001
census 5 villages are uninhabited and the land under these villages is majorly under
cultivation, hence there are no problems leading to environmental hazards. The expected
solid waste generation per person in 2035 will be about 12 MT per day. ULB will be
responsible for managing the solid waste in the extended area when it will be included in the
municipal limits.
Roads: At present the connectivity in the extended area is very poor. There is a proposal for
developing a by-pass in the southern part of the extended area. Therefore the ULB should
provide better linkages by connecting the rural areas with the major state and national
highway passing from the city.
Social Infrastructure
Health Facilities: At present the health facilities in the region are very poor. The rural
population has to visit Hoshangabad or even Bhopal for getting Medical facilities. Therefore it
is important to provide medical facilities at different levels in order to reduce the burden from
the medical infrastructure in Hoshangabad. We also recommend that the medical facilities
should be located on major junctions and major roads which can be easily accessible for all
parts of the extended area requirement.
Educational Facilities: The status of educational infrastructure is very similar to the health
infrastructure. There are no schools, colleges catering to the needs of the people. The rural
population generally goes to Hoshangabad and even Bhopal for higher education which
increases the burden on already overburdened cities, therefore it is necessary to provide
educational infrastructure catering to the needs of the extended area.
Proposed land use:
Residential
At present these villages are very sparsely populated, so there is very little chance of development in
the distant areas. We also recommend on the same line of the Master Plan recommendation that
development will be more in surrounding areas of existing Municipal area. The probable residential
area is shown the map below.
Commercial
The present commercial sector of Hoshangabad is currently located in the central city on the major
roads. This leads to the traffic congestion due to excessive parking on the streets. Therefore in order
to reduce the excessive burden from the infrastructure of the core city, major commercial centres
would be located in the extended area
Major interventions
Development of transport nagar in Hoshangabad
Development of Krishi Upaj Mandi, Kirana Mandi and Rajya Anaj Bhandar in the extended
area boundary
Shifting of Kabadi market from its existing location to the outskirts of the city.
190
Industrial
As Hoshangabad has been proposed as a major industrial hub in the development plan, it is important
to delineate industrial clusters in the city. This would help in the regulating the city land use by
avoiding incompatibility between the non-confirming land uses. Considering the growth pattern of the
city towards Pipariya and Harda industries can be clustered on SH 22 and SH 15; this would also help
in regulating better linkages between Hoshangabad and its surrounding areas.
Major interventions
Development of industrial area in Hoshangabad
Shifting of the existing factories from the core city to the proposed industrial area.
Development of small scale industries in the inner city to increase the household income.
Shifting of brick kilns
Recreational
As Hoshangabad has been proposed as an industrial area, hence it is expected to face enormous
pressure on the infrastructure due to increase in population which will cause traffic problems and also
lead to environmental degradation due to industrial pollution. Therefore it is very important to develop
a green belt within the city in order to control the environmental degradation.
Major interventions
Development of 100 m Green belt along Narmada River and 15m green belt along all the
nallahs in the city
Development of buffer zone by tree plantation along the railway line which would also act as a
continuity of open spaces
Stadium and swimming pool for encouraging sport related activities in the city.
Conservation of Adamgarh fort and its surrounding area as per the guidelines of
Archeological Survey of India.
191
Proposed Land Use Map (Master Plan Hoshangabad)
192
Disclaimer: The report is based on information collected by IMaCS from sources believed to be
reliable. While all reasonable care has been taken to ensure that the information contained herein is
not untrue or misleading, IMaCS is not responsible for any losses that the client may incur from the
use of this report or its contents. The assessment is based on information that is currently available
and is liable to change. The analysis that follows should not be construed to be a credit rating
assigned by ICRAs Rating Division for any of the companys debt instruments. IMaCS is not a legal
firm and our advice/recommendations should not be construed as legal advice on any issue.
ICRA Management Consulting Service Limited (IMaCS)

Logix Park, 1st Floor, Tower A4&A5
Sector 16, Noida 201 301, Uttar Pradesh, India
Tel: 91 120 4515800 Fax: 91 120 4515850
Website: www.imacs.in
193

CDP Hoshangabad E

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

CDP Hoshangabad E

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

2011

Urban Administration and Development Department

CITY DEVELOPMENT PLAN HOSHANGABAD

City Managers Association Madhya Pradesh

ICRA Management Consulting Services Limited

CITY DEVELOPMENT PLAN HOSHANGABAD

City Development Plan Hoshangabad

City Development Plan Hoshangabad

Antyodaya Anna Yojna

Build, Operate and Transfer

Below Poverty Line

Cumulative Average Growth Rate

Community Based Organization

City Development Plan

City Investment Plan

Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organization

Community Sanitary Conveniences

Capital Utilization Ratio

Demand Collection Balance

Debt-Service Coverage Ratio

Engineering Procurement and Construction

Economically Weaker Section

Financial Operating Plan

Geographic Information System

Government of Madhya Pradesh

Hoshangabad Nagar Palika Parishad

Integrated Housing and Slum Development Programme

ICRA Management Consulting Services Limited

Integrated Solid Waste Management

Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission

Low Income Group

Liters Per Capita Daily

Management Information System

Member of Legislative Assembly

Million Liters per Day

Madhya Pradesh Housing Board

Madhya Pradesh Pollution Control Board

Madhya Pradesh State Electricity Board

Municipal Solid Waste

National Urban Information System

Operation & maintenance

City Development Plan Hoshangabad

Over Head Tank

Public Health Engineering Department

Department of Public Health and Family Welfare

Public Sanitary Conveniences

Public Works Department

Road Over Bridge

Scheduled Caste/ Scheduled Tribe

State Finance Commission

Swarnjayanti Shahri Rojgaar Yojna

Sewage Treatment Plant

Storm Water Drainage System

Solid Waste Management System

Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Threats

Town and Country Planning Department

Twelfth Finance Commission

Twelfth Finance Commission

Urban Administration and Development Department

Urban Development and Plan Formulation and Implementation

Under Ground Drainage

Urban Infrastructure Development Scheme for Small and Medium Towns

Urban Local Body